diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Projects/AVRISP-MKII')
24 files changed, 6485 insertions, 6485 deletions
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.c index cea1161d5..88403b269 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.c @@ -1,131 +1,131 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "AVRISP.h"
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
- * setup of all components and the main program loop.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- SetupHardware();
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- sei();
-
- for (;;)
- {
- Process_AVRISP_Commands();
-
- V2Params_UpdateParamValues();
-
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-void SetupHardware(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- LEDs_Init();
- USB_Init();
- V2Protocol_Init();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
- /* Indicate USB connected and ready */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
-
- /* Setup AVRISP data Endpoints */
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
- ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
- ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- }
-
- #if defined(LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT)
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
- ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
- ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- }
- #endif
-}
-
-/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */
-void Process_AVRISP_Commands(void)
-{
- /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- return;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM);
-
- /* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
-
- /* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */
- V2Protocol_ProcessCommand();
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
- }
-}
-
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of + * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "AVRISP.h" + +/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial + * setup of all components and the main program loop. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + sei(); + + for (;;) + { + Process_AVRISP_Commands(); + + V2Params_UpdateParamValues(); + + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); + V2Protocol_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB connected and ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + + /* Setup AVRISP data Endpoints */ + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, + ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + #if defined(LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT) + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, + ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + #endif +} + +/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */ +void Process_AVRISP_Commands(void) +{ + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM); + + /* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY); + + /* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */ + V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + } +} + diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.h index c9f3263ad..409b14744 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.h @@ -1,81 +1,81 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for AVRISP.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _AVRISP_H_
-#define _AVRISP_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #if defined(ADC)
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
- #endif
-
- #include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
- #define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void SetupHardware(void);
- void Process_AVRISP_Commands(void);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for AVRISP.c. + */ + +#ifndef _AVRISP_H_ +#define _AVRISP_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Version.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #if defined(ADC) + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> + #endif + + #include "Lib/V2Protocol.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ + #define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void Process_AVRISP_Commands(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.txt b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.txt index 034df6717..6483cbd03 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.txt +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.txt @@ -1,269 +1,269 @@ -/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project
- *
- * \section SSec_Compat Project Compatibility:
- *
- * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
- *
- * - Series 7 USB AVRs
- * - Series 6 USB AVRs
- * - Series 4 USB AVRs
- * - Series 2 USB AVRs (8KB versions with reduced features only)
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Vendor Specific Class</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * Firmware for an AVRStudio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB AVR series of
- * microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within AVRStudio. In its
- * most basic form, it allows for the programming of 5V AVRs from within AVRStudio with no special hardware other than
- * the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating
- * level conversion can be made to allow for the programming of 3.3V AVR designs.
- *
- * This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII
- * drivers. When prompted, direct your OS to install Atmel's AVRISP-MKII drivers provided with AVRStudio.
- *
- * Note that this design currently has the following limitations:
- * - Minimum ISP target clock speed of 500KHz due to hardware SPI module prescaler limitations
- * - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification
- * - A seperate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use
- *
- * On AVR models with an ADC converter, AVCC should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be
- * set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET detection to operate correctly. On models
- * without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 5V level at all times.
- *
- * While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more
- * of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI programming support can be disabled to reduce program size.
- *
- * \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections
- * Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled):
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td>
- * <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td>
- * <td><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>MISO</td>
- * <td>PDO</td>
- * <td>1</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
- * <td>VTARGET</td>
- * <td>2</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>SCLK</td>
- * <td>SCLK</td>
- * <td>3</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>MOSI</td>
- * <td>PDI</td>
- * <td>4</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
- * <td>/RESET</td>
- * <td>5</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>GND</td>
- * <td>GND</td>
- * <td>6</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * In addition, the AVR's XCK pin will generate a .5MHz clock when SPI programming is used, to act as an external
- * device clock if the fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect XCK to the target AVR's XTAL1
- * pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz or below.
- *
- * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
- * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref SSec_Options section</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections
- * Connections to the device for PDI programming<b><sup>1</sup></b> (when enabled):
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td>
- * <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td>
- * <td><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
- * <td>DATA</td>
- * <td>1</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
- * <td>VTARGET</td>
- * <td>2</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * <td>3</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * <td>4</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>XCLK</td>
- * <td>CLOCK</td>
- * <td>5</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>GND</td>
- * <td>GND</td>
- * <td>6</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
- * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
- *
- * \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections
- * Connections to the device for TPI programming<b><sup>1</sup></b> (when enabled):
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td>
- * <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td>
- * <td><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
- * <td>DATA</td>
- * <td>1</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
- * <td>VTARGET</td>
- * <td>2</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>XCLK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
- * <td>CLOCK</td>
- * <td>3</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * <td>4</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td>
- * <td>/RESET</td>
- * <td>5</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>GND</td>
- * <td>GND</td>
- * <td>6</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
- * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
- * <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref SSec_Options section</i>
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
- * <td><b>Location:</b></td>
- * <td><b>Description:</b></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td>
- * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
- * <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
- * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td>
- * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
- * <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
- * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td>
- * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
- * <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
- * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td>
- * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
- * <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
- * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>. <i>Ignored when
- * compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
- * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
- * <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined.</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td>
- * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
- * <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td>
- * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
- * <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td>
- * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
- * <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer
- * to report a fixed 5V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage.</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT</td>
- * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
- * <td>Define to switch to a non-standard endpoint scheme, breaking compatibility with AVRStudio under Windows but making
- * the code compatible with Windows builds of avrdude using the libUSB driver. Linux platforms are not affected by this
- * option.
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
+/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project + * + * \section SSec_Compat Project Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. + * + * - Series 7 USB AVRs + * - Series 6 USB AVRs + * - Series 4 USB AVRs + * - Series 2 USB AVRs (8KB versions with reduced features only) + * + * \section SSec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Vendor Specific Class</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>N/A</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section SSec_Description Project Description: + * + * Firmware for an AVRStudio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB AVR series of + * microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within AVRStudio. In its + * most basic form, it allows for the programming of 5V AVRs from within AVRStudio with no special hardware other than + * the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating + * level conversion can be made to allow for the programming of 3.3V AVR designs. + * + * This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII + * drivers. When prompted, direct your OS to install Atmel's AVRISP-MKII drivers provided with AVRStudio. + * + * Note that this design currently has the following limitations: + * - Minimum ISP target clock speed of 500KHz due to hardware SPI module prescaler limitations + * - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification + * - A seperate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use + * + * On AVR models with an ADC converter, AVCC should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be + * set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET detection to operate correctly. On models + * without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 5V level at all times. + * + * While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more + * of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI programming support can be disabled to reduce program size. + * + * \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections + * Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled): + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td> + * <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td> + * <td><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>MISO</td> + * <td>PDO</td> + * <td>1</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td> + * <td>VTARGET</td> + * <td>2</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>SCLK</td> + * <td>SCLK</td> + * <td>3</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>MOSI</td> + * <td>PDI</td> + * <td>4</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> + * <td>/RESET</td> + * <td>5</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>GND</td> + * <td>GND</td> + * <td>6</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * In addition, the AVR's XCK pin will generate a .5MHz clock when SPI programming is used, to act as an external + * device clock if the fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect XCK to the target AVR's XTAL1 + * pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz or below. + * + * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n + * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref SSec_Options section</i> + * + * \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections + * Connections to the device for PDI programming<b><sup>1</sup></b> (when enabled): + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td> + * <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td> + * <td><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> + * <td>DATA</td> + * <td>1</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td> + * <td>VTARGET</td> + * <td>2</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>N/A</td> + * <td>N/A</td> + * <td>3</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>N/A</td> + * <td>N/A</td> + * <td>4</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>XCLK</td> + * <td>CLOCK</td> + * <td>5</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>GND</td> + * <td>GND</td> + * <td>6</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n + * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n + * + * \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections + * Connections to the device for TPI programming<b><sup>1</sup></b> (when enabled): + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td> + * <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td> + * <td><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> + * <td>DATA</td> + * <td>1</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td> + * <td>VTARGET</td> + * <td>2</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>XCLK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> + * <td>CLOCK</td> + * <td>3</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>N/A</td> + * <td>N/A</td> + * <td>4</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td> + * <td>/RESET</td> + * <td>5</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>GND</td> + * <td>GND</td> + * <td>6</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n + * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n + * <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref SSec_Options section</i> + * + * \section SSec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Define Name:</b></td> + * <td><b>Location:</b></td> + * <td><b>Description:</b></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td> + * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td> + * <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, + * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td> + * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td> + * <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, + * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td> + * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td> + * <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, + * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td> + * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td> + * <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, + * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>. <i>Ignored when + * compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td> + * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td> + * <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td> + * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td> + * <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td> + * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td> + * <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td> + * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td> + * <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer + * to report a fixed 5V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT</td> + * <td>Makefile CDEFS</td> + * <td>Define to switch to a non-standard endpoint scheme, breaking compatibility with AVRStudio under Windows but making + * the code compatible with Windows builds of avrdude using the libUSB driver. Linux platforms are not affected by this + * option. + * </tr> + * </table> + */ diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.c index af28b4b30..a57ad06c3 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.c @@ -1,219 +1,219 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- * the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
- * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- * process begins.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
- .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
- .Class = 0xFF,
- .SubClass = 0x00,
- .Protocol = 0x00,
-
- .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
- .VendorID = 0x03EB,
- .ProductID = 0x2104,
- .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
-
- .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
- .ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
- .SerialNumStrIndex = 0x03,
-
- .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
- * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
- .Config =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
- .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
- .TotalInterfaces = 1,
-
- .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
- .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
-
- .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
- },
-
- .AVRISP_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = 0,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 2,
-
- .Class = 0xFF,
- .SubClass = 0x00,
- .Protocol = 0x00,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .AVRISP_DataInEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM),
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
- },
-
- .AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM),
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
- },
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
- * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
-};
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
-};
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(22), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = L"LUFA AVRISP MkII Clone"
-};
-
-/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a
- * series of uppercase hexadecimal digits.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM SerialString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = L"0000A00128255"
-};
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- * USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
- const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
- const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
- void* Address = NULL;
- uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
- switch (DescriptorType)
- {
- case DTYPE_Device:
- Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_Configuration:
- Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_String:
- switch (DescriptorNumber)
- {
- case 0x00:
- Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
- break;
- case 0x01:
- Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
- break;
- case 0x02:
- Address = (void*)&ProductString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
- break;
- case 0x03:
- Address = (void*)&SerialString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&SerialString.Header.Size);
- break;
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- *DescriptorAddress = Address;
- return Size;
-}
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10), + .Class = 0xFF, + .SubClass = 0x00, + .Protocol = 0x00, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2104, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(02.00), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01, + .ProductStrIndex = 0x02, + .SerialNumStrIndex = 0x03, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 1, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .AVRISP_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 0, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = 0xFF, + .SubClass = 0x00, + .Protocol = 0x00, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .AVRISP_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + }, + + .AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + }, +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} +}; + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera" +}; + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(22), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"LUFA AVRISP MkII Clone" +}; + +/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a + * series of uppercase hexadecimal digits. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM SerialString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"0000A00128255" +}; + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case 0x00: + Address = (void*)&LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x01: + Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x02: + Address = (void*)&ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x03: + Address = (void*)&SerialString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&SerialString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.h index 3a4828364..7415d8138 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.h @@ -1,79 +1,79 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- /* Macros: */
- #if !defined(LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT)
- /** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
- #define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM 2
-
- /** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
- #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM 2
- #else
- /** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
- #define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM 2
-
- /** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
- #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM 3
- #endif
-
- /** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */
- #define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE 64
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
- * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
- * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t AVRISP_Interface;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataInEndpoint;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint;
- } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + /* Macros: */ + #if !defined(LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT) + /** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */ + #define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM 2 + + /** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */ + #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM 2 + #else + /** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */ + #define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM 2 + + /** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */ + #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM 3 + #endif + + /** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */ + #define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE 64 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t AVRISP_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataInEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Doxygen.conf b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Doxygen.conf index 643c799a7..8274d0004 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Doxygen.conf +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Doxygen.conf @@ -1,1564 +1,1564 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.6.2
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer Project"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
-# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
-# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
-# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak,
-# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it parses.
-# With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
-# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this tag.
-# The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language is one of
-# the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, C#, C, C++, D, PHP,
-# Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make doxygen treat
-# .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran),
-# use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING =
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
-# rather than with sharp brackets.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page.
-# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE = Documentation/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
- INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output.
-# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis.
-# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match.
-# The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code.
-# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
-# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to add.
-# For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the custom filter to add.For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this project's
-# filter section matches.
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
-# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
-# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
-# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
-# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
-# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
-# this name.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
-# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# By enabling USE_INLINE_TREES, doxygen will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list.
-
-USE_INLINE_TREES = NO
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
-# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
-# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
-# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
-# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows full text search. The disadvances is that it is more difficult to setup
-# and does not have live searching capabilities.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
-# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
-# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
-# This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on.
-# On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
+# Doxyfile 1.6.2 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded +# by quotes) that should identify the project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer Project" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, +# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English +# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, +# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, +# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" +# "represents" "a" "an" "the" + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the +# path to strip. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# re-implements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified +# scopes will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Fortran. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for +# VHDL. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it parses. +# With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension. +# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this tag. +# The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language is one of +# the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, C#, C, C++, D, PHP, +# Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make doxygen treat +# .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran), +# use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. +# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter +# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) +# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the +# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to +# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. +# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. +# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is +# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause +# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time +# causing a significant performance penality. +# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the +# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on +# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the +# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: +# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols + +SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in +# the interface are included in the documentation. +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default +# anonymous namespace are hidden. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation +# rather than with sharp brackets. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) +# the group names will appear in their defined order. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, +# not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the +# alphabetical list. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories +# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy +# in the documentation. The default is NO. + +SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the +# Namespaces page. +# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by +# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files +# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents +# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a +# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name +# of the layout file. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of +# documentation. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for +# the list of possible encodings. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx +# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded +# from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories +# for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. +# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be +# ignored. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. +# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. +# The filters are a list of the form: +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER +# is applied to all files. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will +# link to the source code. +# Otherwise they will link to the documentation. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy +# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own +# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting +# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, +# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to +# NO a bullet list will be used. + +HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find +# it at startup. +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) +# can be grouped. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen +# will append .docset to the name. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file +# content. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER +# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for +# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated +# HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to add. +# For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the custom filter to add.For more information please see +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this project's +# filter section matches. +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated +# .qhp file. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help +# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents +# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML +# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of +# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as +# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have +# this name. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at +# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) +# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. +# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser). +# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# By enabling USE_INLINE_TREES, doxygen will generate the Groups, Directories, +# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list. + +USE_INLINE_TREES = NO + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory +# to force them to be regenerated. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript +# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should +# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine +# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index +# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows full text search. The disadvances is that it is more difficult to setup +# and does not have live searching capabilities. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for +# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the +# Makefile that is written to the output directory. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as SOURCE_BROWSER. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. +# This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. +# On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator +# instead of the = operator. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone +# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such +# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse +# the parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. +# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation +# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without +# this location is as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or +# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool +# does not have to be run to correct the links. +# Note that each tag file must have a unique name +# (where the name does NOT include the path) +# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen +# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that +# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a +# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output +# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This +# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need +# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name +# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, +# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the +# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory +# containing the font. + +DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. +# The default size is 10pt. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the +# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a +# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot +# can find it using this tag. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include +# relations between the files in the directories. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif +# If left blank png will be used. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c index 9d0a26c33..a16504da1 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c @@ -1,545 +1,545 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * ISP Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped ISP commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
- */
-
-#include "ISPProtocol.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP command, which attempts to enter programming mode on
- * the attached device, returning success or failure back to the host.
- */
-void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void)
-{
- struct
- {
- uint8_t TimeoutMS;
- uint8_t PinStabDelayMS;
- uint8_t ExecutionDelayMS;
- uint8_t SynchLoops;
- uint8_t ByteDelay;
- uint8_t PollValue;
- uint8_t PollIndex;
- uint8_t EnterProgBytes[4];
- } Enter_ISP_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Enter_ISP_Params, sizeof(Enter_ISP_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_FAILED;
-
- CurrentAddress = 0;
-
- /* Set up the synchronous USART to generate the recovery clock on XCK pin */
- UBRR1 = (F_CPU / 500000UL);
- UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
- UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
- DDRD |= (1 << 5);
-
- /* Perform execution delay, initialize SPI bus */
- ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ExecutionDelayMS);
- SPI_Init(ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask() | SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
-
- /* Continuously attempt to synchronize with the target until either the number of attempts specified
- * by the host has exceeded, or the the device sends back the expected response values */
- while (Enter_ISP_Params.SynchLoops-- && (ResponseStatus == STATUS_CMD_FAILED) && TimeoutMSRemaining)
- {
- uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
-
- ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true);
- ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
-
- for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
- {
- ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ByteDelay);
- ResponseBytes[RByte] = SPI_TransferByte(Enter_ISP_Params.EnterProgBytes[RByte]);
- }
-
- /* Check if polling disabled, or if the polled value matches the expected value */
- if (!(Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex) || (ResponseBytes[Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex - 1] == Enter_ISP_Params.PollValue))
- {
- ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
- }
- else
- {
- ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
- ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
- }
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(ResponseStatus);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_LEAVE_ISP command, which releases the target from programming mode. */
-void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void)
-{
- struct
- {
- uint8_t PreDelayMS;
- uint8_t PostDelayMS;
- } Leave_ISP_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Leave_ISP_Params, sizeof(Leave_ISP_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- /* Perform pre-exit delay, release the target /RESET, disable the SPI bus and perform the post-exit delay */
- ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PreDelayMS);
- ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
- SPI_ShutDown();
- ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PostDelayMS);
-
- /* Turn off the synchronous USART to terminate the recovery clock on XCK pin */
- UBRR1 = (F_CPU / 500000UL);
- UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
- UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
- DDRD &= ~(1 << 5);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP and CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP commands, writing out bytes,
- * words or pages of data to the attached device.
- *
- * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
-{
- struct
- {
- uint16_t BytesToWrite;
- uint8_t ProgrammingMode;
- uint8_t DelayMS;
- uint8_t ProgrammingCommands[3];
- uint8_t PollValue1;
- uint8_t PollValue2;
- uint8_t ProgData[256]; // Note, the Jungo driver has a very short ACK timeout period, need to buffer the
- } Write_Memory_Params; // whole page and ACK the packet as fast as possible to prevent it from aborting
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params, (sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) -
- sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
-
- Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite = SwapEndian_16(Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite);
-
- if (Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite > sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params.ProgData, Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
- uint16_t PollAddress = 0;
- uint8_t PollValue = (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) ? Write_Memory_Params.PollValue1 :
- Write_Memory_Params.PollValue2;
- uint8_t* NextWriteByte = Write_Memory_Params.ProgData;
-
- /* Check to see if the host has issued a SET ADDRESS command and we haven't sent a
- * LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command (if needed, used when operating beyond the 128KB
- * FLASH barrier) */
- if (MustSetAddress)
- {
- if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31))
- ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
-
- MustSetAddress = false;
- }
-
- /* Check the programming mode desired by the host, either Paged or Word memory writes */
- if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK)
- {
- uint16_t StartAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
-
- /* Paged mode memory programming */
- for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++)
- {
- bool IsOddByte = (CurrentByte & 0x01);
- uint8_t ByteToWrite = *(NextWriteByte++);
-
- SPI_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]);
- SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
- SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
- SPI_SendByte(ByteToWrite);
-
- /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high
- * or low byte at the current word address */
- if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)
- Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
-
- /* Check to see the write completion method, to see if we have a valid polling address */
- if (!(PollAddress) && (ByteToWrite != PollValue))
- {
- if (IsOddByte && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP))
- Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
-
- PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
- }
-
- if (IsOddByte || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP))
- CurrentAddress++;
- }
-
- /* If the current page must be committed, send the PROGRAM PAGE command to the target */
- if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK)
- {
- SPI_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[1]);
- SPI_SendByte(StartAddress >> 8);
- SPI_SendByte(StartAddress & 0xFF);
- SPI_SendByte(0x00);
-
- /* Check if polling is possible, if not switch to timed delay mode */
- if (!(PollAddress))
- {
- Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode &= ~PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK;
- Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode |= PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK;
- }
-
- ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
- Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS, Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* Word/byte mode memory programming */
- for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++)
- {
- bool IsOddByte = (CurrentByte & 0x01);
- uint8_t ByteToWrite = *(NextWriteByte++);
-
- SPI_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]);
- SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
- SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
- SPI_SendByte(ByteToWrite);
-
- /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high
- * or low byte at the current word address */
- if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)
- Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
-
- if (ByteToWrite != PollValue)
- {
- if (IsOddByte && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP))
- Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
-
- PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
- }
-
- if (IsOddByte || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP))
- CurrentAddress++;
-
- ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
- Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS, Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
-
- if (ProgrammingStatus != STATUS_CMD_OK)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(ProgrammingStatus);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP and CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP commands, reading in bytes,
- * words or pages of data from the attached device.
- *
- * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
-{
- struct
- {
- uint16_t BytesToRead;
- uint8_t ReadMemoryCommand;
- } Read_Memory_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_Memory_Params, sizeof(Read_Memory_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead = SwapEndian_16(Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-
- /* Check to see if the host has issued a SET ADDRESS command and we haven't sent a
- * LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command (if needed, used when operating beyond the 128KB
- * FLASH barrier) */
- if (MustSetAddress)
- {
- if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31))
- ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
-
- MustSetAddress = false;
- }
-
- /* Read each byte from the device and write them to the packet for the host */
- for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead; CurrentByte++)
- {
- /* Read the next byte from the desired memory space in the device */
- SPI_SendByte(Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand);
- SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
- SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(SPI_ReceiveByte());
-
- /* Check if the endpoint bank is currently full, if so send the packet */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
- }
-
- /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the read command based on if we are reading a high
- * or low byte at the current word address */
- if (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP)
- Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
-
- /* Only increment the current address if we have read both bytes in the current word when in FLASH
- * read mode, or for each byte when in EEPROM read mode */
- if (((CurrentByte & 0x01) && (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP)) || (V2Command == CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP))
- CurrentAddress++;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-
- bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
- if (IsEndpointFull)
- {
- Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
- }
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_CHI_ERASE_ISP command, clearing the target's FLASH memory. */
-void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void)
-{
- struct
- {
- uint8_t EraseDelayMS;
- uint8_t PollMethod;
- uint8_t EraseCommandBytes[4];
- } Erase_Chip_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_Chip_Params, sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
-
- /* Send the chip erase commands as given by the host to the device */
- for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes); SByte++)
- SPI_SendByte(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes[SByte]);
-
- /* Use appropriate command completion check as given by the host (delay or busy polling) */
- if (!(Erase_Chip_Params.PollMethod))
- ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseDelayMS);
- else
- ResponseStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(ResponseStatus);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP, CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP, CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP and CMD_READ_OSCCAL commands,
- * reading the requested configuration byte from the device.
- *
- * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(uint8_t V2Command)
-{
- struct
- {
- uint8_t RetByte;
- uint8_t ReadCommandBytes[4];
- } Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params, sizeof(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
-
- /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte read commands as given by the host to the device, store response */
- for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
- ResponseBytes[RByte] = SPI_TransferByte(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.ReadCommandBytes[RByte]);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(ResponseBytes[Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.RetByte - 1]);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_WRITE_FUSE_ISP and CMD_WRITE_LOCK_ISP commands, writing the requested configuration
- * byte to the device.
- *
- * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(uint8_t V2Command)
-{
- struct
- {
- uint8_t WriteCommandBytes[4];
- } Write_FuseLockSig_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_FuseLockSig_Params, sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte program commands as given by the host to the device */
- for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes); SByte++)
- SPI_SendByte(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes[SByte]);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_SPI_MULTI command, writing and reading arbitrary SPI data to and from the attached device. */
-void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void)
-{
- struct
- {
- uint8_t TxBytes;
- uint8_t RxBytes;
- uint8_t RxStartAddr;
- uint8_t TxData[255];
- } SPI_Multi_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params, (sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params) - sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData)), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params.TxData, SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_SPI_MULTI);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-
- uint8_t CurrTxPos = 0;
- uint8_t CurrRxPos = 0;
-
- /* Write out bytes to transmit until the start of the bytes to receive is met */
- while (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxStartAddr)
- {
- if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
- SPI_SendByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos]);
- else
- SPI_SendByte(0);
-
- CurrTxPos++;
- }
-
- /* Transmit remaining bytes with padding as needed, read in response bytes */
- while (CurrRxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxBytes)
- {
- if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(SPI_TransferByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos++]));
- else
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(SPI_ReceiveByte());
-
- /* Check to see if we have filled the endpoint bank and need to send the packet */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
- }
-
- CurrRxPos++;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-
- bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
- if (IsEndpointFull)
- {
- Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
- }
-}
-
-/** Blocking delay for a given number of milliseconds.
- *
- * \param[in] DelayMS Number of milliseconds to delay for
- */
-void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS)
-{
- while (DelayMS-- && TimeoutMSRemaining)
- {
- if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- TimeoutMSRemaining--;
-
- _delay_ms(1);
- }
-}
-
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * ISP Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped ISP commands used in Atmel programmer devices. + */ + +#include "ISPProtocol.h" + +#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) + +/** Handler for the CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP command, which attempts to enter programming mode on + * the attached device, returning success or failure back to the host. + */ +void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void) +{ + struct + { + uint8_t TimeoutMS; + uint8_t PinStabDelayMS; + uint8_t ExecutionDelayMS; + uint8_t SynchLoops; + uint8_t ByteDelay; + uint8_t PollValue; + uint8_t PollIndex; + uint8_t EnterProgBytes[4]; + } Enter_ISP_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Enter_ISP_Params, sizeof(Enter_ISP_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_FAILED; + + CurrentAddress = 0; + + /* Set up the synchronous USART to generate the recovery clock on XCK pin */ + UBRR1 = (F_CPU / 500000UL); + UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); + UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); + DDRD |= (1 << 5); + + /* Perform execution delay, initialize SPI bus */ + ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ExecutionDelayMS); + SPI_Init(ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask() | SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | SPI_MODE_MASTER); + + /* Continuously attempt to synchronize with the target until either the number of attempts specified + * by the host has exceeded, or the the device sends back the expected response values */ + while (Enter_ISP_Params.SynchLoops-- && (ResponseStatus == STATUS_CMD_FAILED) && TimeoutMSRemaining) + { + uint8_t ResponseBytes[4]; + + ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true); + ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS); + + for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++) + { + ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ByteDelay); + ResponseBytes[RByte] = SPI_TransferByte(Enter_ISP_Params.EnterProgBytes[RByte]); + } + + /* Check if polling disabled, or if the polled value matches the expected value */ + if (!(Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex) || (ResponseBytes[Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex - 1] == Enter_ISP_Params.PollValue)) + { + ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; + } + else + { + ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false); + ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS); + } + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(ResponseStatus); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_LEAVE_ISP command, which releases the target from programming mode. */ +void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void) +{ + struct + { + uint8_t PreDelayMS; + uint8_t PostDelayMS; + } Leave_ISP_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Leave_ISP_Params, sizeof(Leave_ISP_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + /* Perform pre-exit delay, release the target /RESET, disable the SPI bus and perform the post-exit delay */ + ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PreDelayMS); + ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false); + SPI_ShutDown(); + ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PostDelayMS); + + /* Turn off the synchronous USART to terminate the recovery clock on XCK pin */ + UBRR1 = (F_CPU / 500000UL); + UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); + UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); + DDRD &= ~(1 << 5); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP and CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP commands, writing out bytes, + * words or pages of data to the attached device. + * + * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host + */ +void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(uint8_t V2Command) +{ + struct + { + uint16_t BytesToWrite; + uint8_t ProgrammingMode; + uint8_t DelayMS; + uint8_t ProgrammingCommands[3]; + uint8_t PollValue1; + uint8_t PollValue2; + uint8_t ProgData[256]; // Note, the Jungo driver has a very short ACK timeout period, need to buffer the + } Write_Memory_Params; // whole page and ACK the packet as fast as possible to prevent it from aborting + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params, (sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) - + sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + + Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite = SwapEndian_16(Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite); + + if (Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite > sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)) + { + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_FAILED); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + return; + } + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params.ProgData, Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; + uint16_t PollAddress = 0; + uint8_t PollValue = (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) ? Write_Memory_Params.PollValue1 : + Write_Memory_Params.PollValue2; + uint8_t* NextWriteByte = Write_Memory_Params.ProgData; + + /* Check to see if the host has issued a SET ADDRESS command and we haven't sent a + * LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command (if needed, used when operating beyond the 128KB + * FLASH barrier) */ + if (MustSetAddress) + { + if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31)) + ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(); + + MustSetAddress = false; + } + + /* Check the programming mode desired by the host, either Paged or Word memory writes */ + if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK) + { + uint16_t StartAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF); + + /* Paged mode memory programming */ + for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++) + { + bool IsOddByte = (CurrentByte & 0x01); + uint8_t ByteToWrite = *(NextWriteByte++); + + SPI_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]); + SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8); + SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF); + SPI_SendByte(ByteToWrite); + + /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high + * or low byte at the current word address */ + if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) + Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; + + /* Check to see the write completion method, to see if we have a valid polling address */ + if (!(PollAddress) && (ByteToWrite != PollValue)) + { + if (IsOddByte && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)) + Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; + + PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF); + } + + if (IsOddByte || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP)) + CurrentAddress++; + } + + /* If the current page must be committed, send the PROGRAM PAGE command to the target */ + if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK) + { + SPI_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[1]); + SPI_SendByte(StartAddress >> 8); + SPI_SendByte(StartAddress & 0xFF); + SPI_SendByte(0x00); + + /* Check if polling is possible, if not switch to timed delay mode */ + if (!(PollAddress)) + { + Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode &= ~PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK; + Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode |= PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK; + } + + ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue, + Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS, Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]); + } + } + else + { + /* Word/byte mode memory programming */ + for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++) + { + bool IsOddByte = (CurrentByte & 0x01); + uint8_t ByteToWrite = *(NextWriteByte++); + + SPI_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]); + SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8); + SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF); + SPI_SendByte(ByteToWrite); + + /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high + * or low byte at the current word address */ + if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) + Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; + + if (ByteToWrite != PollValue) + { + if (IsOddByte && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)) + Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; + + PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF); + } + + if (IsOddByte || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP)) + CurrentAddress++; + + ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue, + Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS, Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]); + + if (ProgrammingStatus != STATUS_CMD_OK) + break; + } + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(ProgrammingStatus); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP and CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP commands, reading in bytes, + * words or pages of data from the attached device. + * + * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host + */ +void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(uint8_t V2Command) +{ + struct + { + uint16_t BytesToRead; + uint8_t ReadMemoryCommand; + } Read_Memory_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_Memory_Params, sizeof(Read_Memory_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead = SwapEndian_16(Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + + /* Check to see if the host has issued a SET ADDRESS command and we haven't sent a + * LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command (if needed, used when operating beyond the 128KB + * FLASH barrier) */ + if (MustSetAddress) + { + if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31)) + ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(); + + MustSetAddress = false; + } + + /* Read each byte from the device and write them to the packet for the host */ + for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead; CurrentByte++) + { + /* Read the next byte from the desired memory space in the device */ + SPI_SendByte(Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand); + SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8); + SPI_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(SPI_ReceiveByte()); + + /* Check if the endpoint bank is currently full, if so send the packet */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + } + + /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the read command based on if we are reading a high + * or low byte at the current word address */ + if (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP) + Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; + + /* Only increment the current address if we have read both bytes in the current word when in FLASH + * read mode, or for each byte when in EEPROM read mode */ + if (((CurrentByte & 0x01) && (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP)) || (V2Command == CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP)) + CurrentAddress++; + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + + bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */ + if (IsEndpointFull) + { + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + } +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_CHI_ERASE_ISP command, clearing the target's FLASH memory. */ +void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void) +{ + struct + { + uint8_t EraseDelayMS; + uint8_t PollMethod; + uint8_t EraseCommandBytes[4]; + } Erase_Chip_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_Chip_Params, sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; + + /* Send the chip erase commands as given by the host to the device */ + for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes); SByte++) + SPI_SendByte(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes[SByte]); + + /* Use appropriate command completion check as given by the host (delay or busy polling) */ + if (!(Erase_Chip_Params.PollMethod)) + ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseDelayMS); + else + ResponseStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(ResponseStatus); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP, CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP, CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP and CMD_READ_OSCCAL commands, + * reading the requested configuration byte from the device. + * + * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host + */ +void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(uint8_t V2Command) +{ + struct + { + uint8_t RetByte; + uint8_t ReadCommandBytes[4]; + } Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params, sizeof(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + uint8_t ResponseBytes[4]; + + /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte read commands as given by the host to the device, store response */ + for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++) + ResponseBytes[RByte] = SPI_TransferByte(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.ReadCommandBytes[RByte]); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(ResponseBytes[Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.RetByte - 1]); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_WRITE_FUSE_ISP and CMD_WRITE_LOCK_ISP commands, writing the requested configuration + * byte to the device. + * + * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host + */ +void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(uint8_t V2Command) +{ + struct + { + uint8_t WriteCommandBytes[4]; + } Write_FuseLockSig_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_FuseLockSig_Params, sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte program commands as given by the host to the device */ + for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes); SByte++) + SPI_SendByte(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes[SByte]); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_SPI_MULTI command, writing and reading arbitrary SPI data to and from the attached device. */ +void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void) +{ + struct + { + uint8_t TxBytes; + uint8_t RxBytes; + uint8_t RxStartAddr; + uint8_t TxData[255]; + } SPI_Multi_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params, (sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params) - sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData)), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params.TxData, SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_SPI_MULTI); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + + uint8_t CurrTxPos = 0; + uint8_t CurrRxPos = 0; + + /* Write out bytes to transmit until the start of the bytes to receive is met */ + while (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxStartAddr) + { + if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes) + SPI_SendByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos]); + else + SPI_SendByte(0); + + CurrTxPos++; + } + + /* Transmit remaining bytes with padding as needed, read in response bytes */ + while (CurrRxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxBytes) + { + if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes) + Endpoint_Write_Byte(SPI_TransferByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos++])); + else + Endpoint_Write_Byte(SPI_ReceiveByte()); + + /* Check to see if we have filled the endpoint bank and need to send the packet */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + } + + CurrRxPos++; + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + + bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */ + if (IsEndpointFull) + { + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + } +} + +/** Blocking delay for a given number of milliseconds. + * + * \param[in] DelayMS Number of milliseconds to delay for + */ +void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS) +{ + while (DelayMS-- && TimeoutMSRemaining) + { + if (TimeoutMSRemaining) + TimeoutMSRemaining--; + + _delay_ms(1); + } +} + #endif
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h index a9114e1e8..c983f49c6 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h @@ -1,79 +1,79 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ISPProtocol.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_
-#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <util/delay.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #include "../V2Protocol.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
- #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
- #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command */
- #define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK (1 << 3)
-
- #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK (1 << 0)
- #define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 1)
- #define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 3)
- #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 4)
- #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK (1 << 5)
- #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 6)
- #define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK (1 << 7)
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void);
- void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void);
- void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
- void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
- void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void);
- void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command);
- void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command);
- void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void);
- void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS);
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for ISPProtocol.c. + */ + +#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_ +#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <util/delay.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include "../V2Protocol.h" + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) + #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL + + #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) + #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL + #endif + #endif + + /* Macros: */ + /** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command */ + #define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK (1 << 3) + + #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK (1 << 0) + #define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 1) + #define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK (1 << 2) + #define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 3) + #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 4) + #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK (1 << 5) + #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 6) + #define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK (1 << 7) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void); + void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void); + void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command); + void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command); + void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void); + void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command); + void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command); + void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void); + void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS); +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c index 1c5376579..d7c6882cd 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c @@ -1,187 +1,187 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder.
- */
-
-#include "ISPTarget.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** Converts the given AVR Studio SCK duration parameter (set by a SET PARAM command from the host) to the nearest
- * possible SPI clock prescaler mask for passing to the SPI_Init() routine.
- *
- * \return Nearest SPI prescaler mask for the given SCK frequency
- */
-uint8_t ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask(void)
-{
- static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] =
- {
- #if (F_CPU == 8000000)
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
- #elif (F_CPU == 16000000)
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 8MHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
- SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
- #else
- #error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed.
- #endif
- };
-
- uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION);
-
- if (SCKDuration >= sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration))
- SCKDuration = (sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration) - 1);
-
- return SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration];
-}
-
-/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command.
- * When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation.
- *
- * \param[in] ResetTarget Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, false otherwise
- */
-void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget)
-{
- if (ResetTarget)
- {
- AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
-
- if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)))
- AUX_LINE_PORT |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
- }
- else
- {
- AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
- AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
- }
-}
-
-/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using
- * the given parameters.
- *
- * \param[in] ProgrammingMode Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of PROG_MODE_* constants
- * \param[in] PollAddress Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used
- * \param[in] PollValue Poll value to check against if polling check mode used
- * \param[in] DelayMS Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used
- * \param[in] ReadMemCommand Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used
- *
- * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or
- * \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise
- */
-uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, const uint16_t PollAddress, const uint8_t PollValue,
- const uint8_t DelayMS, const uint8_t ReadMemCommand)
-{
- uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
-
- /* Determine method of Programming Complete check */
- switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK))
- {
- case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
- case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
- ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS);
- break;
- case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK:
- case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK:
- do
- {
- SPI_SendByte(ReadMemCommand);
- SPI_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8);
- SPI_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF);
- }
- while ((SPI_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutMSRemaining);
-
- if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
- ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT;
-
- break;
- case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK:
- case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK:
- ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
- break;
- }
-
- if (ProgrammingStatus == STATUS_CMD_OK)
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
-
- return ProgrammingStatus;
-}
-
-/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's
- * BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired.
- *
- * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise
- */
-uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void)
-{
- do
- {
- SPI_SendByte(0xF0);
- SPI_SendByte(0x00);
- SPI_SendByte(0x00);
- }
- while ((SPI_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutMSRemaining);
-
- if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- {
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
- return STATUS_CMD_OK;
- }
- else
- {
- return STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT;
- }
-}
-
-/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the
- * 64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address
- * pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued.
- */
-void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void)
-{
- SPI_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD);
- SPI_SendByte(0x00);
- SPI_SendByte((CurrentAddress & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
- SPI_SendByte(0x00);
-}
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder. + */ + +#include "ISPTarget.h" + +#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) + +/** Converts the given AVR Studio SCK duration parameter (set by a SET PARAM command from the host) to the nearest + * possible SPI clock prescaler mask for passing to the SPI_Init() routine. + * + * \return Nearest SPI prescaler mask for the given SCK frequency + */ +uint8_t ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask(void) +{ + static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] = + { + #if (F_CPU == 8000000) + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI + #elif (F_CPU == 16000000) + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 8MHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI + SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI + #else + #error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed. + #endif + }; + + uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION); + + if (SCKDuration >= sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration)) + SCKDuration = (sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration) - 1); + + return SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration]; +} + +/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command. + * When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation. + * + * \param[in] ResetTarget Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, false otherwise + */ +void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget) +{ + if (ResetTarget) + { + AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK; + + if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY))) + AUX_LINE_PORT |= AUX_LINE_MASK; + } + else + { + AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; + AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; + } +} + +/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using + * the given parameters. + * + * \param[in] ProgrammingMode Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of PROG_MODE_* constants + * \param[in] PollAddress Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used + * \param[in] PollValue Poll value to check against if polling check mode used + * \param[in] DelayMS Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used + * \param[in] ReadMemCommand Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used + * + * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or + * \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise + */ +uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, const uint16_t PollAddress, const uint8_t PollValue, + const uint8_t DelayMS, const uint8_t ReadMemCommand) +{ + uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; + + /* Determine method of Programming Complete check */ + switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK)) + { + case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK: + case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK: + ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS); + break; + case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK: + case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK: + do + { + SPI_SendByte(ReadMemCommand); + SPI_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8); + SPI_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF); + } + while ((SPI_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutMSRemaining); + + if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining)) + ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT; + + break; + case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK: + case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK: + ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(); + break; + } + + if (ProgrammingStatus == STATUS_CMD_OK) + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + + return ProgrammingStatus; +} + +/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's + * BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired. + * + * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise + */ +uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void) +{ + do + { + SPI_SendByte(0xF0); + SPI_SendByte(0x00); + SPI_SendByte(0x00); + } + while ((SPI_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutMSRemaining); + + if (TimeoutMSRemaining) + { + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + return STATUS_CMD_OK; + } + else + { + return STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT; + } +} + +/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the + * 64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address + * pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued. + */ +void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void) +{ + SPI_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD); + SPI_SendByte(0x00); + SPI_SendByte((CurrentAddress & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + SPI_SendByte(0x00); +} + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h index 995461099..d6e943582 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h @@ -1,72 +1,72 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ISPTarget.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_
-#define _ISP_TARGET_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <util/delay.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
-
- #include "../V2ProtocolParams.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
- #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
- #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Total number of allowable ISP programming speeds supported by the device */
- #define TOTAL_ISP_PROGRAMMING_SPEEDS 7
-
- #define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD 0x4D
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask(void);
- void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget);
- uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, const uint16_t PollAddress,
- const uint8_t PollValue, const uint8_t DelayMS,
- const uint8_t ReadMemCommand);
- uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void);
- void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void);
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for ISPTarget.c. + */ + +#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_ +#define _ISP_TARGET_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <util/delay.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h> + + #include "../V2ProtocolParams.h" + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) + #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL + + #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) + #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL + #endif + #endif + + /* Macros: */ + /** Total number of allowable ISP programming speeds supported by the device */ + #define TOTAL_ISP_PROGRAMMING_SPEEDS 7 + + #define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD 0x4D + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint8_t ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask(void); + void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget); + uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, const uint16_t PollAddress, + const uint8_t PollValue, const uint8_t DelayMS, + const uint8_t ReadMemCommand); + uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void); + void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void); + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c index 096551d81..3e12bdc11 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c @@ -1,259 +1,259 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C
-#include "V2Protocol.h"
-
-/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */
-uint32_t CurrentAddress;
-
-/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current address */
-bool MustSetAddress;
-
-
-/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */
-ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK)
-{
- if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- TimeoutMSRemaining--;
-}
-
-/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */
-void V2Protocol_Init(void)
-{
- #if defined(ADC)
- /* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */
- ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
- ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL);
- ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC);
- #endif
-
- /* Millisecond timer initialization for managing the command timeout counter */
- OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 64) / 1000);
- TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
- TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
-
- V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues();
-}
-
-/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host.
- * This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the
- * appropriate function.
- */
-void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void)
-{
- uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
-
- /* Start the timeout management timer */
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
- TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
-
- switch (V2Command)
- {
- case CMD_SIGN_ON:
- V2Protocol_SignOn();
- break;
- case CMD_SET_PARAMETER:
- case CMD_GET_PARAMETER:
- V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command);
- break;
- case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS:
- V2Protocol_LoadAddress();
- break;
- case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION:
- V2Protocol_ResetProtection();
- break;
-#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
- case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP:
- ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode();
- break;
- case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP:
- ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode();
- break;
- case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP:
- case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP:
- ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command);
- break;
- case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP:
- case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP:
- ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command);
- break;
- case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP:
- ISPProtocol_ChipErase();
- break;
- case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP:
- case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP:
- case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP:
- case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP:
- ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command);
- break;
- case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP:
- case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP:
- ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command);
- break;
- case CMD_SPI_MULTI:
- ISPProtocol_SPIMulti();
- break;
-#endif
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
- case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE:
- XPROGProtocol_SetMode();
- break;
- case CMD_XPROG:
- XPROGProtocol_Command();
- break;
-#endif
- default:
- V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Disable the timeout management timer */
- TCCR0B = 0;
-
- Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
-}
-
-/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a
- * STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host.
- *
- * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command)
-{
- /* Discard all incoming data */
- while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE)
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */
-static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void)
-{
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_SIGN_ON);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1);
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as
- * no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented.
- */
-static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void)
-{
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or
- * getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table.
- *
- * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command)
-{
- uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
- uint8_t ParamValue;
-
- if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER)
- ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
-
- uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID);
-
- if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE))
- {
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue);
- }
- else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ))
- {
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID));
- }
- else
- {
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a
- * global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands
- * to the attached device as required.
- */
-static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void)
-{
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- MustSetAddress = true;
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C +#include "V2Protocol.h" + +/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */ +uint32_t CurrentAddress; + +/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current address */ +bool MustSetAddress; + + +/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */ +ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK) +{ + if (TimeoutMSRemaining) + TimeoutMSRemaining--; +} + +/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */ +void V2Protocol_Init(void) +{ + #if defined(ADC) + /* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */ + ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128); + ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL); + ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC); + #endif + + /* Millisecond timer initialization for managing the command timeout counter */ + OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 64) / 1000); + TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); + TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A); + + V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(); +} + +/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host. + * This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the + * appropriate function. + */ +void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void) +{ + uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_Byte(); + + /* Start the timeout management timer */ + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00)); + + switch (V2Command) + { + case CMD_SIGN_ON: + V2Protocol_SignOn(); + break; + case CMD_SET_PARAMETER: + case CMD_GET_PARAMETER: + V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command); + break; + case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS: + V2Protocol_LoadAddress(); + break; + case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION: + V2Protocol_ResetProtection(); + break; +#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) + case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP: + ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(); + break; + case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP: + ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(); + break; + case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP: + case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP: + ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command); + break; + case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP: + case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP: + ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command); + break; + case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP: + ISPProtocol_ChipErase(); + break; + case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP: + case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP: + case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP: + case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP: + ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command); + break; + case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP: + case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP: + ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command); + break; + case CMD_SPI_MULTI: + ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(); + break; +#endif +#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) + case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE: + XPROGProtocol_SetMode(); + break; + case CMD_XPROG: + XPROGProtocol_Command(); + break; +#endif + default: + V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command); + break; + } + + /* Disable the timeout management timer */ + TCCR0B = 0; + + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT); +} + +/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a + * STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host. + * + * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host + */ +static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command) +{ + /* Discard all incoming data */ + while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE) + { + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + } + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */ +static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void) +{ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_SIGN_ON); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1); + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as + * no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented. + */ +static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void) +{ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + + +/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or + * getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table. + * + * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host + */ +static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command) +{ + uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_Byte(); + uint8_t ParamValue; + + if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) + ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_Byte(); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command); + + uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID); + + if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE)) + { + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue); + } + else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ)) + { + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID)); + } + else + { + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_FAILED); + } + + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a + * global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands + * to the attached device as required. + */ +static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void) +{ + Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + MustSetAddress = true; + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h index 7ad896da8..0f0794b5c 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h @@ -1,105 +1,105 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for V2Protocol.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_
-#define _V2_PROTOCOL_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
-
- #include "../Descriptors.h"
- #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
- #include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
- #include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h"
- #include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
- #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
- #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #define _GETADCMUXMASK2(x, y) x ## y
- #define _GETADCMUXMASK(x, y) _GETADCMUXMASK2(x, y)
- #endif
-
- /** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing */
- #define PROGRAMMER_ID "AVRISP_MK2"
-
- /** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted */
- #define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS 200
-
- /** Command timeout counter register, GPIOR for speed */
- #define TimeoutMSRemaining GPIOR0
-
- /** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number */
- #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK _GETADCMUXMASK(ADC_CHANNEL, VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL)
-
- #if !defined(WIN_AVRDUDE_COMPAT)
- #define SELECT_DATA_OUT_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
- #else
- #define SELECT_DATA_OUT_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_SelectEndpoint();
- #endif
-
- /* External Variables: */
- #if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
- extern uint32_t CurrentAddress;
- extern bool MustSetAddress;
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
- void V2Protocol_Init(void);
- void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C)
- static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command);
- static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void);
- static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command);
- static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void);
- static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void);
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for V2Protocol.c. + */ + +#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_ +#define _V2_PROTOCOL_ + + /* Includes: */ + #if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__) + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h> + + #include "../Descriptors.h" + #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h" + #include "V2ProtocolParams.h" + #include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h" + #include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h" + #endif + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) + #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL + + #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) + #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL + #endif + #endif + + /* Macros: */ + #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__) + #define _GETADCMUXMASK2(x, y) x ## y + #define _GETADCMUXMASK(x, y) _GETADCMUXMASK2(x, y) + #endif + + /** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing */ + #define PROGRAMMER_ID "AVRISP_MK2" + + /** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted */ + #define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS 200 + + /** Command timeout counter register, GPIOR for speed */ + #define TimeoutMSRemaining GPIOR0 + + /** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number */ + #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK _GETADCMUXMASK(ADC_CHANNEL, VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL) + + #if !defined(WIN_AVRDUDE_COMPAT) + #define SELECT_DATA_OUT_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT); + #else + #define SELECT_DATA_OUT_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(); + #endif + + /* External Variables: */ + #if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__) + extern uint32_t CurrentAddress; + extern bool MustSetAddress; + #endif + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + #if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__) + void V2Protocol_Init(void); + void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C) + static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command); + static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void); + static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command); + static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void); + static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void); + #endif + #endif + +#endif + diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h index 45397403b..94c60766b 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h @@ -1,88 +1,88 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses.
- */
-
-#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
-#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define CMD_SIGN_ON 0x01
- #define CMD_SET_PARAMETER 0x02
- #define CMD_GET_PARAMETER 0x03
- #define CMD_OSCCAL 0x05
- #define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS 0x06
- #define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE 0x07
- #define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION 0x0A
- #define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP 0x10
- #define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP 0x11
- #define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP 0x12
- #define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP 0x13
- #define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP 0x14
- #define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP 0x15
- #define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP 0x16
- #define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP 0x17
- #define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP 0x18
- #define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP 0x19
- #define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP 0x1A
- #define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP 0x1B
- #define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP 0x1C
- #define CMD_SPI_MULTI 0x1D
- #define CMD_XPROG 0x50
- #define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE 0x51
-
- #define STATUS_CMD_OK 0x00
- #define STATUS_CMD_TOUT 0x80
- #define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT 0x81
- #define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING 0x82
- #define STATUS_CMD_FAILED 0xC0
- #define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN 0xC9
- #define STATUS_ISP_READY 0x00
- #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI 0x01
- #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST 0x02
- #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK 0x04
- #define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED 0x10
- #define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20
-
- #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW 0x80
- #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH 0x81
- #define PARAM_HW_VER 0x90
- #define PARAM_SW_MAJOR 0x91
- #define PARAM_SW_MINOR 0x92
- #define PARAM_VTARGET 0x94
- #define PARAM_SCK_DURATION 0x98
- #define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY 0x9E
- #define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN 0xA1
- #define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY 0xA4
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses. + */ + +#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_ +#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_ + + /* Macros: */ + #define CMD_SIGN_ON 0x01 + #define CMD_SET_PARAMETER 0x02 + #define CMD_GET_PARAMETER 0x03 + #define CMD_OSCCAL 0x05 + #define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS 0x06 + #define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE 0x07 + #define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION 0x0A + #define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP 0x10 + #define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP 0x11 + #define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP 0x12 + #define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP 0x13 + #define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP 0x14 + #define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP 0x15 + #define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP 0x16 + #define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP 0x17 + #define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP 0x18 + #define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP 0x19 + #define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP 0x1A + #define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP 0x1B + #define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP 0x1C + #define CMD_SPI_MULTI 0x1D + #define CMD_XPROG 0x50 + #define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE 0x51 + + #define STATUS_CMD_OK 0x00 + #define STATUS_CMD_TOUT 0x80 + #define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT 0x81 + #define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING 0x82 + #define STATUS_CMD_FAILED 0xC0 + #define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN 0xC9 + #define STATUS_ISP_READY 0x00 + #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI 0x01 + #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST 0x02 + #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK 0x04 + #define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED 0x10 + #define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20 + + #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW 0x80 + #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH 0x81 + #define PARAM_HW_VER 0x90 + #define PARAM_SW_MAJOR 0x91 + #define PARAM_SW_MINOR 0x92 + #define PARAM_VTARGET 0x94 + #define PARAM_SCK_DURATION 0x98 + #define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY 0x9E + #define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN 0xA1 + #define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY 0xA4 + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c index 4d508f508..b8c5930a0 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c @@ -1,182 +1,182 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C
-#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
-
-/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
-uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Rest_Polarity = 0x00;
-
-/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */
-static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] =
- {
- { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
- .ParamValue = (LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER >> 8) },
-
- { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
- .ParamValue = (LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER & 0xFF), },
-
- { .ParamID = PARAM_HW_VER,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
- .ParamValue = 0x00 },
-
- { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MAJOR,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
- .ParamValue = 0x01 },
-
- { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MINOR,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
- .ParamValue = 0x0D },
-
- { .ParamID = PARAM_VTARGET,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
- .ParamValue = 0x32 },
-
- { .ParamID = PARAM_SCK_DURATION,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
- .ParamValue = (TOTAL_ISP_PROGRAMMING_SPEEDS - 1) },
-
- { .ParamID = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
- .ParamValue = 0x00 },
-
- { .ParamID = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
- .ParamValue = STATUS_ISP_READY },
-
- { .ParamID = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY,
- .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
- .ParamValue = 0x00 },
- };
-
-
-/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */
-void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void)
-{
- /* Target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile value, retrieve current parameter value from EEPROM -
- * NB: Cannot call V2Protocol_SetParameterValue() here, as that will cause another EEPROM write! */
- V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Rest_Polarity);
-}
-
-/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as
- * VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models.
- */
-void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void)
-{
- #if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT))
- /* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */
- V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = ((5 * 10 * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024);
- #endif
-}
-
-/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should
- * be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when
- * getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host.
- *
- * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table
- *
- * \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of PARAM_PRIV_* masks
- */
-uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID)
-{
- ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
-
- if (ParamInfo == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges;
-}
-
-/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
- *
- * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table
- *
- * \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found
- */
-uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID)
-{
- ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
-
- if (ParamInfo == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- return ParamInfo->ParamValue;
-}
-
-/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
- *
- * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table
- * \param[in] Value New value to set the parameter to
- *
- * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
- */
-void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, const uint8_t Value)
-{
- ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
-
- if (ParamInfo == NULL)
- return;
-
- ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value;
-
- /* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
- if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)
- eeprom_write_byte(&EEPROM_Rest_Polarity, Value);
-}
-
-/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given
- * parameter ID.
- *
- * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID to find in the table
- *
- * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
- */
-static ParameterItem_t* V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID)
-{
- ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable;
-
- /* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */
- for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++)
- {
- if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID)
- return CurrTableItem;
-
- CurrTableItem++;
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C +#include "V2ProtocolParams.h" + +/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */ +uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Rest_Polarity = 0x00; + +/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */ +static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] = + { + { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, + .ParamValue = (LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER >> 8) }, + + { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, + .ParamValue = (LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER & 0xFF), }, + + { .ParamID = PARAM_HW_VER, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, + .ParamValue = 0x00 }, + + { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MAJOR, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, + .ParamValue = 0x01 }, + + { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MINOR, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, + .ParamValue = 0x0D }, + + { .ParamID = PARAM_VTARGET, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, + .ParamValue = 0x32 }, + + { .ParamID = PARAM_SCK_DURATION, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE, + .ParamValue = (TOTAL_ISP_PROGRAMMING_SPEEDS - 1) }, + + { .ParamID = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_WRITE, + .ParamValue = 0x00 }, + + { .ParamID = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, + .ParamValue = STATUS_ISP_READY }, + + { .ParamID = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY, + .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_WRITE, + .ParamValue = 0x00 }, + }; + + +/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */ +void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void) +{ + /* Target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile value, retrieve current parameter value from EEPROM - + * NB: Cannot call V2Protocol_SetParameterValue() here, as that will cause another EEPROM write! */ + V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Rest_Polarity); +} + +/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as + * VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models. + */ +void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void) +{ + #if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)) + /* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */ + V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = ((5 * 10 * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024); + #endif +} + +/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should + * be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when + * getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host. + * + * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table + * + * \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of PARAM_PRIV_* masks + */ +uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID) +{ + ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID); + + if (ParamInfo == NULL) + return 0; + + return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges; +} + +/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table. + * + * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table + * + * \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found + */ +uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID) +{ + ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID); + + if (ParamInfo == NULL) + return 0; + + return ParamInfo->ParamValue; +} + +/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table. + * + * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table + * \param[in] Value New value to set the parameter to + * + * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise + */ +void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, const uint8_t Value) +{ + ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID); + + if (ParamInfo == NULL) + return; + + ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value; + + /* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */ + if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY) + eeprom_write_byte(&EEPROM_Rest_Polarity, Value); +} + +/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given + * parameter ID. + * + * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID to find in the table + * + * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise + */ +static ParameterItem_t* V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID) +{ + ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable; + + /* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */ + for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++) + { + if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID) + return CurrTableItem; + + CurrTableItem++; + } + + return NULL; +} diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h index 995468a4d..4bbb02419 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h @@ -1,85 +1,85 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
-#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/eeprom.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h>
-
- #if defined(ADC)
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
- #endif
-
- #include "V2Protocol.h"
- #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
- #include "ISP/ISPTarget.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value */
- #define PARAM_PRIV_READ (1 << 0)
-
- /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value */
- #define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE (1 << 1)
-
- /** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */
- #define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0]))
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */
- typedef struct
- {
- const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */
- const uint8_t ParamPrivileges; /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */
- uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */
- } ParameterItem_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void);
- void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void);
-
- uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID);
- uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID);
- void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, const uint8_t Value);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C)
- static ParameterItem_t* V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID);
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c. + */ + +#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_ +#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/eeprom.h> + + #include <LUFA/Version.h> + + #if defined(ADC) + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> + #endif + + #include "V2Protocol.h" + #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h" + #include "ISP/ISPTarget.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value */ + #define PARAM_PRIV_READ (1 << 0) + + /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value */ + #define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE (1 << 1) + + /** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */ + #define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0])) + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */ + typedef struct + { + const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */ + const uint8_t ParamPrivileges; /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */ + uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */ + } ParameterItem_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void); + void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void); + + uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID); + uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID); + void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, const uint8_t Value); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C) + static ParameterItem_t* V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID); + #endif + +#endif + diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c index 817f22347..f9815043f 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c @@ -1,238 +1,238 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C
-#include "TINYNVM.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */
-static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress)
-{
- /* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[0]);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[1]);
-}
-
-/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written.
- *
- * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space
- */
-static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
-{
- /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
- * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F));
-}
-
-/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read.
- *
- * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space
- */
-static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
-{
- /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
- * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F));
-}
-
-/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read.
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
- */
-bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
-{
- /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
- while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- {
- /* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS | TPI_STATUS_REG);
-
- uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
- /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
- if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
- return false;
-
- /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
- if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM)
- {
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
- * timeout period expires.
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
- */
-bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
-{
- /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
- while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- {
- /* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */
- TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr);
-
- uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
- /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
- if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
- return false;
-
- /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
- if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
- {
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
- *
- * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
- * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
- * \param[in] ReadSize Length of the data to read from the device
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize)
-{
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */
- TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP);
-
- /* Send the address of the location to read from */
- TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress);
-
- while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutMSRemaining)
- {
- /* Read the byte of data from the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI);
- *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
- }
-
- return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0);
-}
-
-/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
- *
- * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write to within the target's address space
- * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
- * \param[in] WriteLength Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2)
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteLength)
-{
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */
- if (WriteLength & 0x01)
- WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF;
-
- /* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory reading */
- TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE);
-
- /* Send the address of the location to write to */
- TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress);
-
- while (WriteLength)
- {
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Write the low byte of data to the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
-
- /* Write the high byte of data to the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
-
- /* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we read out a whole word */
- WriteLength -= 2;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Erases the target's memory space.
- *
- * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
- * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint16_t Address)
-{
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */
- TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
-
- /* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */
- TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C +#include "TINYNVM.h" + +#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) + +/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */ +static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress) +{ + /* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[0]); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[1]); +} + +/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written. + * + * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space + */ +static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address) +{ + /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper + * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F)); +} + +/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read. + * + * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space + */ +static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address) +{ + /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper + * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F)); +} + +/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read. + * + * \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise + */ +bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void) +{ + /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */ + while (TimeoutMSRemaining) + { + /* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS | TPI_STATUS_REG); + + uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); + + /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ + if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining)) + return false; + + /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */ + if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM) + { + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the + * timeout period expires. + * + * \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise + */ +bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void) +{ + /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */ + while (TimeoutMSRemaining) + { + /* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */ + TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr); + + uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); + + /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ + if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining)) + return false; + + /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */ + if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7))) + { + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces. + * + * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space + * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into + * \param[in] ReadSize Length of the data to read from the device + * + * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully + */ +bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize) +{ + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */ + TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP); + + /* Send the address of the location to read from */ + TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress); + + while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutMSRemaining) + { + /* Read the byte of data from the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI); + *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); + } + + return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0); +} + +/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces. + * + * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write to within the target's address space + * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from + * \param[in] WriteLength Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2) + * + * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully + */ +bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteLength) +{ + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */ + if (WriteLength & 0x01) + WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF; + + /* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory reading */ + TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE); + + /* Send the address of the location to write to */ + TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress); + + while (WriteLength) + { + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Write the low byte of data to the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++)); + + /* Write the high byte of data to the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++)); + + /* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we read out a whole word */ + WriteLength -= 2; + } + + return true; +} + +/** Erases the target's memory space. + * + * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device + * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase + * + * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully + */ +bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint16_t Address) +{ + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */ + TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); + + /* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */ + TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); + + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + return true; +} + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h index 223bbccfd..73bf1f953 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h @@ -1,77 +1,77 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for TINYNVM.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _TINY_NVM_
-#define _TINY_NVM_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
- #include "XPROGProtocol.h"
- #include "XPROGTarget.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
- #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
- #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Defines: */
- #define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
- #define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x10
- #define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE 0x14
- #define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE 0x1D
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
- bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
- bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadLength);
- bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteLength);
- bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint16_t Address);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C)
- static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
- static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
- static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress);
- #endif
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for TINYNVM.c. + */ + +#ifndef _TINY_NVM_ +#define _TINY_NVM_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + + #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> + + #include "XPROGProtocol.h" + #include "XPROGTarget.h" + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) + #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL + + #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) + #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL + #endif + #endif + + /* Defines: */ + #define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00 + #define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x10 + #define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE 0x14 + #define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE 0x1D + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void); + bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void); + bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadLength); + bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteLength); + bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint16_t Address); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C) + static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address); + static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address); + static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress); + #endif + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c index 1671d29ba..14ad97c74 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c @@ -1,356 +1,356 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C
-#include "XMEGANVM.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target.
- *
- * \param[in] AbsoluteAddress Absolute address to send to the target
- */
-static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress)
-{
- /* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[0]);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[1]);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[2]);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[3]);
-}
-
-/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target.
- *
- * \param[in] Register NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent
- */
-static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register)
-{
- /* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */
- uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register;
-
- /* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
- XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
-}
-
-/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC
- * calculation.
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
-{
- /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
- while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- {
- /* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS | PDI_STATUS_REG);
-
- uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
- /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
- if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
- return false;
-
- /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
- if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM)
- {
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
- * timeout period expires.
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
-{
- /* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */
- while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- {
- /* Send a LDS command to read the NVM STATUS register to check the BUSY flag */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS);
-
- uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
- /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
- if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
- return false;
-
- /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
- if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
- {
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space.
- *
- * \param[in] CRCCommand NVM CRC command to issue to the target
- * \param[out] CRCDest CRC Destination when read from the target
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, uint32_t* const CRCDest)
-{
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand);
-
- /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0);
-
- /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES);
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0);
-
- /* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH - 1);
-
- /* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH; i++)
- ((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
- return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0);
-}
-
-/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
- *
- * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
- * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
- * \param[in] ReadSize Number of bytes to read
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize)
-{
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM);
-
- /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES);
- XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
-
- /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1);
-
- /* Send a LD command with indirect access and postincrement to read out the bytes */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
- while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutMSRemaining)
- *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
- return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0);
-}
-
-/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
- *
- * \param[in] WriteCommand Command to send to the device to write each memory byte
- * \param[in] WriteAddress Address to write to within the target's address space
- * \param[in] Byte Byte to write to the target
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, const uint32_t WriteAddress, const uint8_t Byte)
-{
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Send the memory write command to the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand);
-
- /* Send new memory byte to the memory to the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
- *
- * \param[in] WriteBuffCommand Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer
- * \param[in] EraseBuffCommand Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer
- * \param[in] WritePageCommand Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory
- * \param[in] PageMode Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page
- * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space
- * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
- * \param[in] WriteSize Number of bytes to write
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
- const uint8_t WritePageCommand, const uint8_t PageMode, const uint32_t WriteAddress,
- const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteSize)
-{
- if (PageMode & XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE)
- {
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand);
-
- /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0);
- }
-
- if (WriteSize)
- {
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand);
-
- /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES);
- XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
-
- /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1);
-
- /* Send a ST command with indirect access and postincrement to write the bytes */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
- while (WriteSize--)
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
- }
-
- if (PageMode & XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE)
- {
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Send the memory write command to the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand);
-
- /* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Erases a specific memory space of the target.
- *
- * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
- * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint32_t Address)
-{
- /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
- return false;
-
- /* Send the memory erase command to the target */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
-
- /* Chip erase is handled separately, since it's procedure is different to other erase types */
- if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE)
- {
- /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the chip erase */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
- XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
- }
-
- /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C +#include "XMEGANVM.h" + +#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) + +/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target. + * + * \param[in] AbsoluteAddress Absolute address to send to the target + */ +static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress) +{ + /* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[0]); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[1]); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[2]); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[3]); +} + +/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target. + * + * \param[in] Register NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent + */ +static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register) +{ + /* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */ + uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register; + + /* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */ + XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address); +} + +/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC + * calculation. + * + * \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise + */ +bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void) +{ + /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */ + while (TimeoutMSRemaining) + { + /* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS | PDI_STATUS_REG); + + uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); + + /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ + if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining)) + return false; + + /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */ + if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM) + { + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the + * timeout period expires. + * + * \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise + */ +bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void) +{ + /* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */ + while (TimeoutMSRemaining) + { + /* Send a LDS command to read the NVM STATUS register to check the BUSY flag */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS); + + uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); + + /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ + if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining)) + return false; + + /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */ + if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7))) + { + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space. + * + * \param[in] CRCCommand NVM CRC command to issue to the target + * \param[out] CRCDest CRC Destination when read from the target + * + * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully + */ +bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, uint32_t* const CRCDest) +{ + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand); + + /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0); + + /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy())) + return false; + + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0); + + /* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH - 1); + + /* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH; i++) + ((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); + + return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0); +} + +/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces. + * + * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space + * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into + * \param[in] ReadSize Number of bytes to read + * + * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully + */ +bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize) +{ + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM); + + /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES); + XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress); + + /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1); + + /* Send a LD command with indirect access and postincrement to read out the bytes */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE); + while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutMSRemaining) + *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); + + return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0); +} + +/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces. + * + * \param[in] WriteCommand Command to send to the device to write each memory byte + * \param[in] WriteAddress Address to write to within the target's address space + * \param[in] Byte Byte to write to the target + * + * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully + */ +bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, const uint32_t WriteAddress, const uint8_t Byte) +{ + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Send the memory write command to the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand); + + /* Send new memory byte to the memory to the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte); + + return true; +} + +/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces. + * + * \param[in] WriteBuffCommand Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer + * \param[in] EraseBuffCommand Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer + * \param[in] WritePageCommand Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory + * \param[in] PageMode Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page + * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space + * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from + * \param[in] WriteSize Number of bytes to write + * + * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully + */ +bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand, + const uint8_t WritePageCommand, const uint8_t PageMode, const uint32_t WriteAddress, + const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteSize) +{ + if (PageMode & XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE) + { + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand); + + /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0); + } + + if (WriteSize) + { + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand); + + /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES); + XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress); + + /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1); + + /* Send a ST command with indirect access and postincrement to write the bytes */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE); + while (WriteSize--) + XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++)); + } + + if (PageMode & XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE) + { + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Send the memory write command to the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand); + + /* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); + } + + return true; +} + +/** Erases a specific memory space of the target. + * + * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device + * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase + * + * \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully + */ +bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint32_t Address) +{ + /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) + return false; + + /* Send the memory erase command to the target */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); + + /* Chip erase is handled separately, since it's procedure is different to other erase types */ + if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE) + { + /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the chip erase */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0); + } + else + { + /* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2)); + XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); + } + + /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy())) + return false; + + return true; +} + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h index 583a2878b..af38afdac 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h @@ -1,124 +1,124 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for XMEGANVM.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_
-#define _XMEGA_NVM_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
- #include "XPROGProtocol.h"
- #include "XPROGTarget.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
- #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
- #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Defines: */
- #define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH 3
-
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0 0x00
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1 0x01
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2 0x02
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0 0x04
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1 0x05
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2 0x06
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD 0x0A
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA 0x0B
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB 0x0C
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL 0x0D
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS 0x0F
- #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS 0x10
-
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x40
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM 0x43
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x23
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x26
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE 0x2B
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE 0x2E
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH 0x2F
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC 0x78
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC 0x20
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE 0x22
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x24
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x25
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC 0x38
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC 0x68
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2A
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2C
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2D
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC 0x39
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG 0x03
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG 0x18
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG 0x1A
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION 0x02
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE 0x07
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE 0x4C
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK 0x08
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x33
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x36
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM 0x30
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE 0x32
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x34
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x35
- #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM 0x06
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
- bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
- bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, uint32_t* const CRCDest);
- bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize);
- bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, const uint32_t WriteAddress, const uint8_t Byte);
- bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
- const uint8_t WritePageCommand, const uint8_t PageMode, const uint32_t WriteAddress,
- const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteSize);
- bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint32_t Address);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C)
- static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register);
- static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress);
- #endif
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for XMEGANVM.c. + */ + +#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_ +#define _XMEGA_NVM_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + + #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> + + #include "XPROGProtocol.h" + #include "XPROGTarget.h" + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) + #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL + + #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) + #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL + #endif + #endif + + /* Defines: */ + #define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH 3 + + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0 0x00 + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1 0x01 + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2 0x02 + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0 0x04 + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1 0x05 + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2 0x06 + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD 0x0A + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA 0x0B + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB 0x0C + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL 0x0D + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS 0x0F + #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS 0x10 + + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x40 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM 0x43 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x23 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x26 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE 0x2B + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE 0x2E + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH 0x2F + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC 0x78 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC 0x20 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE 0x22 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x24 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x25 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC 0x38 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC 0x68 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2A + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2C + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2D + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC 0x39 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG 0x03 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG 0x18 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG 0x1A + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION 0x02 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE 0x07 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE 0x4C + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK 0x08 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x33 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x36 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM 0x30 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE 0x32 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x34 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x35 + #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM 0x06 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void); + bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void); + bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, uint32_t* const CRCDest); + bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize); + bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, const uint32_t WriteAddress, const uint8_t Byte); + bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand, + const uint8_t WritePageCommand, const uint8_t PageMode, const uint32_t WriteAddress, + const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteSize); + bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint32_t Address); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C) + static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register); + static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress); + #endif + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c index cc521ce87..7a4b1a547 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c @@ -1,514 +1,514 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * XPROG Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped XPROG commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C
-#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-/** Base absolute address for the target's NVM controller for PDI programming */
-uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase = 0x010001C0;
-
-/** Size in bytes of the target's EEPROM page */
-uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize;
-
-/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCMD register for TPI programming */
-uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr;
-
-/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCSR register for TPI programming */
-uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr;
-
-/** Currently selected XPROG programming protocol */
-uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol = XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI;
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG_SETMODE command, which sets the programmer-to-target protocol used for PDI/TPI
- * programming.
- */
-void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void)
-{
- struct
- {
- uint8_t Protocol;
- } SetMode_XPROG_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SetMode_XPROG_Params, sizeof(SetMode_XPROG_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- XPROG_SelectedProtocol = SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol;
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG_SETMODE);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte((SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol != XPRG_PROTOCOL_JTAG) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG command, which wraps up XPROG commands in a V2 wrapper which need to be
- * removed and processed so that the underlying XPROG command can be handled.
- */
-void XPROGProtocol_Command(void)
-{
- uint8_t XPROGCommand = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
-
- switch (XPROGCommand)
- {
- case XPRG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE:
- XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode();
- break;
- case XPRG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE:
- XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode();
- break;
- case XPRG_CMD_ERASE:
- XPROGProtocol_Erase();
- break;
- case XPRG_CMD_WRITE_MEM:
- XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory();
- break;
- case XPRG_CMD_READ_MEM:
- XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory();
- break;
- case XPRG_CMD_CRC:
- XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC();
- break;
- case XPRG_CMD_SET_PARAM:
- XPROGProtocol_SetParam();
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG ENTER_PROGMODE command to establish a connection with the attached device. */
-static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void)
-{
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- bool NVMBusEnabled;
-
- if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
- {
- /* Enable PDI programming mode with the attached target */
- XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI();
-
- /* Store the RESET key into the RESET PDI register to keep the XMEGA in reset */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS | PDI_RESET_REG);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_RESET_KEY);
-
- /* Lower direction change guard time to 0 USART bits */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS | PDI_CTRL_REG);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x07);
-
- /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_KEY);
- for (uint8_t i = sizeof(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
-
- /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
- NVMBusEnabled = XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
- }
- else
- {
- /* Enable TPI programming mode with the attached target */
- XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI();
-
- /* Lower direction change guard time to 0 USART bits */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS | TPI_CTRL_REG);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x07);
-
- /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SKEY);
- for (uint8_t i = sizeof(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
-
- /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
- NVMBusEnabled = TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(NVMBusEnabled ? XPRG_ERR_OK : XPRG_ERR_FAILED);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG LEAVE_PROGMODE command to terminate the PDI programming connection with
- * the attached device.
- */
-static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void)
-{
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
- {
- XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
-
- /* Clear the RESET key in the RESET PDI register to allow the XMEGA to run */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS | PDI_RESET_REG);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-
- /* Do it twice to make sure it takes affect (silicon bug?) */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS | PDI_RESET_REG);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-
- XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI();
- }
- else
- {
- TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
-
- /* Clear the NVMEN bit in the TPI CONTROL register to disable TPI mode */
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS | TPI_CTRL_REG);
- XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-
- XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI();
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_ERR_OK);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPRG ERASE command to erase a specific memory address space in the attached device. */
-static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK;
-
- struct
- {
- uint8_t MemoryType;
- uint32_t Address;
- } Erase_XPROG_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_XPROG_Params, sizeof(Erase_XPROG_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- Erase_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(Erase_XPROG_Params.Address);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- uint8_t EraseCommand;
-
- if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
- {
- /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to erase */
- switch (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
- {
- case XPRG_ERASE_CHIP:
- EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
- break;
- case XPRG_ERASE_APP:
- EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC;
- break;
- case XPRG_ERASE_BOOT:
- EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC;
- break;
- case XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM:
- EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM;
- break;
- case XPRG_ERASE_APP_PAGE:
- EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE;
- break;
- case XPRG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE:
- EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE;
- break;
- case XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE:
- EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE;
- break;
- case XPRG_ERASE_USERSIG:
- EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG;
- break;
- default:
- EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if ocurred */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
- ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
- }
- else
- {
- if (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType == XPRG_ERASE_CHIP)
- EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
- else
- EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE;
-
- /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if ocurred */
- if (!(TINYNVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
- ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_ERASE);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG WRITE_MEMORY command to write to a specific memory space within the attached device. */
-static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK;
-
- struct
- {
- uint8_t MemoryType;
- uint8_t PageMode;
- uint32_t Address;
- uint16_t Length;
- uint8_t ProgData[256];
- } WriteMemory_XPROG_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params, (sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) -
- sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params).ProgData), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
- WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
- {
- /* Assume FLASH page programming by default, as it is the common case */
- uint8_t WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE;
- uint8_t WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF;
- uint8_t EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF;
- bool PagedMemory = true;
-
- switch (WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
- {
- case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_APPL:
- WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE;
- break;
- case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT:
- WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE;
- break;
- case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM:
- WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE;
- WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
- EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
- break;
- case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG:
- /* User signature is paged, but needs us to manually indicate the mode bits since the host doesn't set them */
- WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode = (XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE | XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE);
- WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG;
- break;
- case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE:
- WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE;
- PagedMemory = false;
- break;
- case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS:
- WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK;
- PagedMemory = false;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Send the appropriate memory write commands to the device, indicate timeout if occurred */
- if ((PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(WriteBuffCommand, EraseBuffCommand, WriteCommand,
- WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
- WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) ||
- (!PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(WriteCommand, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
- WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData[0]))))
- {
- ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* Send write command to the TPI device, indicate timeout if occurred */
- if (!(TINYNVM_WriteMemory(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData,
- WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
- {
- ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
- }
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_WRITE_MEM);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG READ_MEMORY command to read data from a specific address space within the
- * attached device.
- */
-static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK;
-
- struct
- {
- uint8_t MemoryType;
- uint32_t Address;
- uint16_t Length;
- } ReadMemory_XPROG_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadMemory_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
- ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- uint8_t ReadBuffer[256];
-
- if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
- {
- /* Read the PDI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
- ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Read the TPI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
- if (!(TINYNVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
- ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_READ_MEM);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus);
-
- if (ReturnStatus == XPRG_ERR_OK)
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG CRC command to read a specific memory space's CRC value for comparison between the
- * attached device's memory and a data set on the host.
- */
-static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK;
-
- struct
- {
- uint8_t CRCType;
- } ReadCRC_XPROG_Params;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadCRC_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadCRC_XPROG_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- uint32_t MemoryCRC;
-
- if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
- {
- uint8_t CRCCommand;
-
- /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to CRC */
- switch (ReadCRC_XPROG_Params.CRCType)
- {
- case XPRG_CRC_APP:
- CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC;
- break;
- case XPRG_CRC_BOOT:
- CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC;
- break;
- default:
- CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Perform and retrieve the memory CRC, indicate timeout if occurred */
- if (!(XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(CRCCommand, &MemoryCRC)))
- ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
- }
- else
- {
- /* TPI does not support memory CRC */
- ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_FAILED;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_CRC);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus);
-
- if (ReturnStatus == XPRG_ERR_OK)
- {
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(MemoryCRC >> 16);
- Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(MemoryCRC & 0xFFFF);
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG SET_PARAM command to set a XPROG parameter for use when communicating with the
- * attached device.
- */
-static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK;
-
- uint8_t XPROGParam = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
-
- /* Determine which parameter is being set, store the new parameter value */
- switch (XPROGParam)
- {
- case XPRG_PARAM_NVMBASE:
- XPROG_Param_NVMBase = Endpoint_Read_DWord_BE();
- break;
- case XPRG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE:
- XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = Endpoint_Read_Word_BE();
- break;
- case XPRG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG:
- XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
- break;
- case XPRG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG:
- XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
- break;
- default:
- ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_FAILED;
- break;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
- Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_SET_PARAM);
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * XPROG Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped XPROG commands used in Atmel programmer devices. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C +#include "XPROGProtocol.h" + +#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) +/** Base absolute address for the target's NVM controller for PDI programming */ +uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase = 0x010001C0; + +/** Size in bytes of the target's EEPROM page */ +uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; + +/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCMD register for TPI programming */ +uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr; + +/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCSR register for TPI programming */ +uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr; + +/** Currently selected XPROG programming protocol */ +uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol = XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI; + +/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG_SETMODE command, which sets the programmer-to-target protocol used for PDI/TPI + * programming. + */ +void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void) +{ + struct + { + uint8_t Protocol; + } SetMode_XPROG_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SetMode_XPROG_Params, sizeof(SetMode_XPROG_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + XPROG_SelectedProtocol = SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol; + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG_SETMODE); + Endpoint_Write_Byte((SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol != XPRG_PROTOCOL_JTAG) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_CMD_FAILED); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG command, which wraps up XPROG commands in a V2 wrapper which need to be + * removed and processed so that the underlying XPROG command can be handled. + */ +void XPROGProtocol_Command(void) +{ + uint8_t XPROGCommand = Endpoint_Read_Byte(); + + switch (XPROGCommand) + { + case XPRG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE: + XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(); + break; + case XPRG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE: + XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(); + break; + case XPRG_CMD_ERASE: + XPROGProtocol_Erase(); + break; + case XPRG_CMD_WRITE_MEM: + XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(); + break; + case XPRG_CMD_READ_MEM: + XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(); + break; + case XPRG_CMD_CRC: + XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(); + break; + case XPRG_CMD_SET_PARAM: + XPROGProtocol_SetParam(); + break; + } +} + +/** Handler for the XPROG ENTER_PROGMODE command to establish a connection with the attached device. */ +static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void) +{ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + bool NVMBusEnabled; + + if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI) + { + /* Enable PDI programming mode with the attached target */ + XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(); + + /* Store the RESET key into the RESET PDI register to keep the XMEGA in reset */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS | PDI_RESET_REG); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_RESET_KEY); + + /* Lower direction change guard time to 0 USART bits */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS | PDI_CTRL_REG); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x07); + + /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_KEY); + for (uint8_t i = sizeof(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--) + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]); + + /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */ + NVMBusEnabled = XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); + } + else + { + /* Enable TPI programming mode with the attached target */ + XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(); + + /* Lower direction change guard time to 0 USART bits */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS | TPI_CTRL_REG); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x07); + + /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SKEY); + for (uint8_t i = sizeof(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--) + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]); + + /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */ + NVMBusEnabled = TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(NVMBusEnabled ? XPRG_ERR_OK : XPRG_ERR_FAILED); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the XPROG LEAVE_PROGMODE command to terminate the PDI programming connection with + * the attached device. + */ +static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void) +{ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI) + { + XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); + + /* Clear the RESET key in the RESET PDI register to allow the XMEGA to run */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS | PDI_RESET_REG); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); + + /* Do it twice to make sure it takes affect (silicon bug?) */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS | PDI_RESET_REG); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); + + XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(); + } + else + { + TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); + + /* Clear the NVMEN bit in the TPI CONTROL register to disable TPI mode */ + XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS | TPI_CTRL_REG); + XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); + + XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(); + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_ERR_OK); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the XPRG ERASE command to erase a specific memory address space in the attached device. */ +static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void) +{ + uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK; + + struct + { + uint8_t MemoryType; + uint32_t Address; + } Erase_XPROG_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_XPROG_Params, sizeof(Erase_XPROG_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + Erase_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(Erase_XPROG_Params.Address); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + uint8_t EraseCommand; + + if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI) + { + /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to erase */ + switch (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType) + { + case XPRG_ERASE_CHIP: + EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE; + break; + case XPRG_ERASE_APP: + EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC; + break; + case XPRG_ERASE_BOOT: + EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC; + break; + case XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM: + EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM; + break; + case XPRG_ERASE_APP_PAGE: + EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE; + break; + case XPRG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE: + EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE; + break; + case XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE: + EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE; + break; + case XPRG_ERASE_USERSIG: + EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG; + break; + default: + EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP; + break; + } + + /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if ocurred */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address))) + ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + if (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType == XPRG_ERASE_CHIP) + EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE; + else + EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE; + + /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if ocurred */ + if (!(TINYNVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address))) + ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT; + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_ERASE); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the XPROG WRITE_MEMORY command to write to a specific memory space within the attached device. */ +static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void) +{ + uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK; + + struct + { + uint8_t MemoryType; + uint8_t PageMode; + uint32_t Address; + uint16_t Length; + uint8_t ProgData[256]; + } WriteMemory_XPROG_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params, (sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) - + sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params).ProgData), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address); + WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length); + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI) + { + /* Assume FLASH page programming by default, as it is the common case */ + uint8_t WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE; + uint8_t WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF; + uint8_t EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF; + bool PagedMemory = true; + + switch (WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.MemoryType) + { + case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_APPL: + WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE; + break; + case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT: + WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE; + break; + case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM: + WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE; + WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF; + EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF; + break; + case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG: + /* User signature is paged, but needs us to manually indicate the mode bits since the host doesn't set them */ + WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode = (XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE | XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE); + WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG; + break; + case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE: + WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE; + PagedMemory = false; + break; + case XPRG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS: + WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK; + PagedMemory = false; + break; + } + + /* Send the appropriate memory write commands to the device, indicate timeout if occurred */ + if ((PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(WriteBuffCommand, EraseBuffCommand, WriteCommand, + WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, + WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) || + (!PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(WriteCommand, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, + WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData[0])))) + { + ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + else + { + /* Send write command to the TPI device, indicate timeout if occurred */ + if (!(TINYNVM_WriteMemory(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, + WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) + { + ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_WRITE_MEM); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the XPROG READ_MEMORY command to read data from a specific address space within the + * attached device. + */ +static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void) +{ + uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK; + + struct + { + uint8_t MemoryType; + uint32_t Address; + uint16_t Length; + } ReadMemory_XPROG_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadMemory_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address); + ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + uint8_t ReadBuffer[256]; + + if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI) + { + /* Read the PDI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) + ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + /* Read the TPI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ + if (!(TINYNVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) + ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT; + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_READ_MEM); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus); + + if (ReturnStatus == XPRG_ERR_OK) + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the XPROG CRC command to read a specific memory space's CRC value for comparison between the + * attached device's memory and a data set on the host. + */ +static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void) +{ + uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK; + + struct + { + uint8_t CRCType; + } ReadCRC_XPROG_Params; + + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadCRC_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadCRC_XPROG_Params), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + uint32_t MemoryCRC; + + if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI) + { + uint8_t CRCCommand; + + /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to CRC */ + switch (ReadCRC_XPROG_Params.CRCType) + { + case XPRG_CRC_APP: + CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC; + break; + case XPRG_CRC_BOOT: + CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC; + break; + default: + CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC; + break; + } + + /* Perform and retrieve the memory CRC, indicate timeout if occurred */ + if (!(XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(CRCCommand, &MemoryCRC))) + ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + /* TPI does not support memory CRC */ + ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_FAILED; + } + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_CRC); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus); + + if (ReturnStatus == XPRG_ERR_OK) + { + Endpoint_Write_Byte(MemoryCRC >> 16); + Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(MemoryCRC & 0xFFFF); + } + + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +/** Handler for the XPROG SET_PARAM command to set a XPROG parameter for use when communicating with the + * attached device. + */ +static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void) +{ + uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_OK; + + uint8_t XPROGParam = Endpoint_Read_Byte(); + + /* Determine which parameter is being set, store the new parameter value */ + switch (XPROGParam) + { + case XPRG_PARAM_NVMBASE: + XPROG_Param_NVMBase = Endpoint_Read_DWord_BE(); + break; + case XPRG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE: + XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = Endpoint_Read_Word_BE(); + break; + case XPRG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG: + XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_Byte(); + break; + case XPRG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG: + XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_Byte(); + break; + default: + ReturnStatus = XPRG_ERR_FAILED; + break; + } + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM); + Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_XPROG); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(XPRG_CMD_SET_PARAM); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(ReturnStatus); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h index 8e5d1b06d..1fdb5a1b8 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h @@ -1,132 +1,132 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for XPROGProtocol.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
-#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <util/delay.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
-
- #include "../V2Protocol.h"
- #include "XPROGTarget.h"
- #include "XMEGANVM.h"
- #include "TINYNVM.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
- #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
- #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define XPRG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE 0x01
- #define XPRG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE 0x02
- #define XPRG_CMD_ERASE 0x03
- #define XPRG_CMD_WRITE_MEM 0x04
- #define XPRG_CMD_READ_MEM 0x05
- #define XPRG_CMD_CRC 0x06
- #define XPRG_CMD_SET_PARAM 0x07
-
- #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_APPL 1
- #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT 2
- #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM 3
- #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE 4
- #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS 5
- #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG 6
- #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION 7
-
- #define XPRG_ERASE_CHIP 1
- #define XPRG_ERASE_APP 2
- #define XPRG_ERASE_BOOT 3
- #define XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM 4
- #define XPRG_ERASE_APP_PAGE 5
- #define XPRG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE 6
- #define XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE 7
- #define XPRG_ERASE_USERSIG 8
-
- #define XPRG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE 0
- #define XPRG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE 1
-
- #define XPRG_CRC_APP 1
- #define XPRG_CRC_BOOT 2
- #define XPRG_CRC_FLASH 3
-
- #define XPRG_ERR_OK 0
- #define XPRG_ERR_FAILED 1
- #define XPRG_ERR_COLLISION 2
- #define XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT 3
-
- #define XPRG_PARAM_NVMBASE 0x01
- #define XPRG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE 0x02
- #define XPRG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG 0x03 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */
- #define XPRG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG 0x04 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */
-
- #define XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI 0x00
- #define XPRG_PROTOCOL_JTAG 0x01
- #define XPRG_PROTOCOL_TPI 0x02 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */
-
- #define XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE (1 << 1)
- #define XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE (1 << 0)
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase;
- extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize;
- extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr;
- extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr;
- extern uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void);
- void XPROGProtocol_Command(void);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C)
- static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void);
- static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void);
- static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void);
- static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void);
- static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void);
- static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void);
- static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void);
- #endif
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for XPROGProtocol.c. + */ + +#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_ +#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <util/delay.h> + #include <stdio.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> + + #include "../V2Protocol.h" + #include "XPROGTarget.h" + #include "XMEGANVM.h" + #include "TINYNVM.h" + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) + #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL + + #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) + #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL + #endif + #endif + + /* Macros: */ + #define XPRG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE 0x01 + #define XPRG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE 0x02 + #define XPRG_CMD_ERASE 0x03 + #define XPRG_CMD_WRITE_MEM 0x04 + #define XPRG_CMD_READ_MEM 0x05 + #define XPRG_CMD_CRC 0x06 + #define XPRG_CMD_SET_PARAM 0x07 + + #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_APPL 1 + #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT 2 + #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM 3 + #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE 4 + #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS 5 + #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG 6 + #define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION 7 + + #define XPRG_ERASE_CHIP 1 + #define XPRG_ERASE_APP 2 + #define XPRG_ERASE_BOOT 3 + #define XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM 4 + #define XPRG_ERASE_APP_PAGE 5 + #define XPRG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE 6 + #define XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE 7 + #define XPRG_ERASE_USERSIG 8 + + #define XPRG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE 0 + #define XPRG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE 1 + + #define XPRG_CRC_APP 1 + #define XPRG_CRC_BOOT 2 + #define XPRG_CRC_FLASH 3 + + #define XPRG_ERR_OK 0 + #define XPRG_ERR_FAILED 1 + #define XPRG_ERR_COLLISION 2 + #define XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT 3 + + #define XPRG_PARAM_NVMBASE 0x01 + #define XPRG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE 0x02 + #define XPRG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG 0x03 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */ + #define XPRG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG 0x04 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */ + + #define XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI 0x00 + #define XPRG_PROTOCOL_JTAG 0x01 + #define XPRG_PROTOCOL_TPI 0x02 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */ + + #define XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE (1 << 1) + #define XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE (1 << 0) + + /* External Variables: */ + extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase; + extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; + extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr; + extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr; + extern uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void); + void XPROGProtocol_Command(void); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C) + static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void); + static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void); + static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void); + static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void); + static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void); + static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void); + static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void); + #endif + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c index 72a38f824..5598791a6 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c @@ -1,221 +1,221 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C
-#include "XPROGTarget.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */
-volatile bool IsSending;
-
-/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */
-void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void)
-{
- IsSending = false;
-
- /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
- DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
- DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
-
- /* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */
- PORTD |= (1 << 3);
- _delay_us(1);
-
- /* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
- UBRR1 = (F_CPU / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED);
- UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
- UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
-
- /* Send two BREAKs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
- XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
- XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
-}
-
-/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */
-void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void)
-{
- IsSending = false;
-
- /* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */
- AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
- AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
- _delay_us(1);
-
- /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
- DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
- DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
-
- /* Set up the synchronous USART for TINY communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
- UBRR1 = (F_CPU / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED);
- UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
- UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
-
- /* Send two BREAKs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
- XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
- XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
-}
-
-/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
-void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void)
-{
- /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
- XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
-
- /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
- UCSR1A = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1));
- UCSR1B = 0;
- UCSR1C = 0;
-
- /* Tristate all pins */
- DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
- PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
-}
-
-/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
-void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void)
-{
- /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
- XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
-
- /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
- UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1);
- UCSR1B = 0;
- UCSR1C = 0;
-
- /* Set all USART lines as input, tristate */
- DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
- PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
-
- /* Tristate target /RESET line */
- AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
- AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
-}
-
-/** Sends a byte via the USART.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the USART
- */
-void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-{
- /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
- if (!(IsSending))
- XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
-
- /* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */
- while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
- UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
- UDR1 = Byte;
-
- if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
-}
-
-/** Receives a byte via the software USART, blocking until data is received.
- *
- * \return Received byte from the USART
- */
-uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
-{
- /* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */
- if (IsSending)
- XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
-
- /* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */
- while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutMSRemaining);
-
- if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
-
- return UDR1;
-}
-
-/** Sends a BREAK via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */
-void XPROGTarget_SendBreak(void)
-{
- /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
- if (!(IsSending))
- XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
-
- /* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send a BREAK */
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++)
- {
- /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
- while (PIND & (1 << 5));
- while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
- }
-
- if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
-}
-
-static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void)
-{
- /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
- while (PIND & (1 << 5));
- while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
-
- PORTD |= (1 << 3);
- DDRD |= (1 << 3);
-
- UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1);
- UCSR1B |= (1 << TXEN1);
-
- IsSending = true;
-
- if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
-
- IsSending = true;
-}
-
-static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void)
-{
- while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
- UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
-
- UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1);
- UCSR1B |= (1 << RXEN1);
-
- DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
- PORTD &= ~(1 << 3);
-
- if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
- TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
-
- IsSending = false;
-}
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C +#include "XPROGTarget.h" + +#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) + +/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */ +volatile bool IsSending; + +/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */ +void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void) +{ + IsSending = false; + + /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */ + DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3); + DDRD &= ~(1 << 2); + + /* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */ + PORTD |= (1 << 3); + _delay_us(1); + + /* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */ + UBRR1 = (F_CPU / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED); + UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); + UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); + + /* Send two BREAKs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */ + XPROGTarget_SendBreak(); + XPROGTarget_SendBreak(); +} + +/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */ +void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void) +{ + IsSending = false; + + /* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */ + AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK; + AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; + _delay_us(1); + + /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */ + DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3); + DDRD &= ~(1 << 2); + + /* Set up the synchronous USART for TINY communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */ + UBRR1 = (F_CPU / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED); + UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); + UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); + + /* Send two BREAKs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */ + XPROGTarget_SendBreak(); + XPROGTarget_SendBreak(); +} + +/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */ +void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void) +{ + /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */ + XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(); + + /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */ + UCSR1A = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1)); + UCSR1B = 0; + UCSR1C = 0; + + /* Tristate all pins */ + DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3)); + PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2)); +} + +/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */ +void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void) +{ + /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */ + XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(); + + /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */ + UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1); + UCSR1B = 0; + UCSR1C = 0; + + /* Set all USART lines as input, tristate */ + DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3)); + PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2)); + + /* Tristate target /RESET line */ + AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; + AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; +} + +/** Sends a byte via the USART. + * + * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the USART + */ +void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) +{ + /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */ + if (!(IsSending)) + XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(); + + /* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */ + while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1))); + UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1); + UDR1 = Byte; + + if (TimeoutMSRemaining) + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; +} + +/** Receives a byte via the software USART, blocking until data is received. + * + * \return Received byte from the USART + */ +uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void) +{ + /* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */ + if (IsSending) + XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(); + + /* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */ + while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutMSRemaining); + + if (TimeoutMSRemaining) + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + + return UDR1; +} + +/** Sends a BREAK via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */ +void XPROGTarget_SendBreak(void) +{ + /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */ + if (!(IsSending)) + XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(); + + /* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send a BREAK */ + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++) + { + /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */ + while (PIND & (1 << 5)); + while (!(PIND & (1 << 5))); + } + + if (TimeoutMSRemaining) + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; +} + +static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void) +{ + /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */ + while (PIND & (1 << 5)); + while (!(PIND & (1 << 5))); + + PORTD |= (1 << 3); + DDRD |= (1 << 3); + + UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1); + UCSR1B |= (1 << TXEN1); + + IsSending = true; + + if (TimeoutMSRemaining) + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + + IsSending = true; +} + +static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void) +{ + while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1))); + UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1); + + UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1); + UCSR1B |= (1 << RXEN1); + + DDRD &= ~(1 << 3); + PORTD &= ~(1 << 3); + + if (TimeoutMSRemaining) + TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS; + + IsSending = false; +} + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h index 65ec11bcf..436f0f30d 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h @@ -1,126 +1,126 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for XPROGTarget.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_
-#define _XPROG_TARGET_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
- #include "../V2Protocol.h"
- #include "XPROGProtocol.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
- #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
- #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used */
- #define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED 1000000
-
- /** Total number of bits in a single USART frame */
- #define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME 12
-
- #define PDI_CMD_LDS 0x00
- #define PDI_CMD_LD 0x20
- #define PDI_CMD_STS 0x40
- #define PDI_CMD_ST 0x60
- #define PDI_CMD_LDCS 0x80
- #define PDI_CMD_REPEAT 0xA0
- #define PDI_CMD_STCS 0xC0
- #define PDI_CMD_KEY 0xE0
-
- #define PDI_STATUS_REG 0
- #define PDI_RESET_REG 1
- #define PDI_CTRL_REG 2
-
- #define PDI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
-
- #define PDI_RESET_KEY 0x59
- #define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
-
- #define PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE 0
- #define PDI_DATSIZE_2BYTES 1
- #define PDI_DATSIZE_3BYTES 2
- #define PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES 3
-
- #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
- #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 1
- #define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT 2
-
- #define TPI_CMD_SLD 0x20
- #define TPI_CMD_SST 0x60
- #define TPI_CMD_SSTPR 0x68
- #define TPI_CMD_SIN 0x10
- #define TPI_CMD_SOUT 0x90
- #define TPI_CMD_SLDCS 0x80
- #define TPI_CMD_SSTCS 0xC0
- #define TPI_CMD_SKEY 0xE0
-
- #define TPI_STATUS_REG 0x00
- #define TPI_CTRL_REG 0x02
- #define TPI_ID_REG 0x0F
-
- #define TPI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
-
- #define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
-
- #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
- #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 4
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void);
- void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void);
- void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void);
- void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void);
- void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
- uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void);
- void XPROGTarget_SendBreak(void);
- bool XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C)
- static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void);
- static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void);
- #endif
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for XPROGTarget.c. + */ + +#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_ +#define _XPROG_TARGET_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + + #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> + + #include "../V2Protocol.h" + #include "XPROGProtocol.h" + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) + #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL + + #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) + #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL + #endif + #endif + + /** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used */ + #define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED 1000000 + + /** Total number of bits in a single USART frame */ + #define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME 12 + + #define PDI_CMD_LDS 0x00 + #define PDI_CMD_LD 0x20 + #define PDI_CMD_STS 0x40 + #define PDI_CMD_ST 0x60 + #define PDI_CMD_LDCS 0x80 + #define PDI_CMD_REPEAT 0xA0 + #define PDI_CMD_STCS 0xC0 + #define PDI_CMD_KEY 0xE0 + + #define PDI_STATUS_REG 0 + #define PDI_RESET_REG 1 + #define PDI_CTRL_REG 2 + + #define PDI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1) + + #define PDI_RESET_KEY 0x59 + #define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF} + + #define PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE 0 + #define PDI_DATSIZE_2BYTES 1 + #define PDI_DATSIZE_3BYTES 2 + #define PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES 3 + + #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0 + #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 1 + #define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT 2 + + #define TPI_CMD_SLD 0x20 + #define TPI_CMD_SST 0x60 + #define TPI_CMD_SSTPR 0x68 + #define TPI_CMD_SIN 0x10 + #define TPI_CMD_SOUT 0x90 + #define TPI_CMD_SLDCS 0x80 + #define TPI_CMD_SSTCS 0xC0 + #define TPI_CMD_SKEY 0xE0 + + #define TPI_STATUS_REG 0x00 + #define TPI_CTRL_REG 0x02 + #define TPI_ID_REG 0x0F + + #define TPI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1) + + #define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF} + + #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0 + #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 4 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void); + void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void); + void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void); + void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void); + void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte); + uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void); + void XPROGTarget_SendBreak(void); + bool XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C) + static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void); + static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void); + #endif + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile index 3c946540c..a0169332f 100644 --- a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile +++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile @@ -1,754 +1,754 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-#
-# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by
-# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
-# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
-# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
-# software delays.
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = AVRISP
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../
-
-
-# LUFA library compile-time options
-LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=16
-LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
-LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- Descriptors.c \
- Lib/V2Protocol.c \
- Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c \
- Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c \
- Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c \
- Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c \
- Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c \
- Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c \
- Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
-CDEFS += -DAUX_LINE_PORT=PORTB
-CDEFS += -DAUX_LINE_PIN=PINB
-CDEFS += -DAUX_LINE_DDR=DDRB
-CDEFS += -DAUX_LINE_MASK="(1 << 4)"
-CDEFS += -DVTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL=2
-CDEFS += -DENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-CDEFS += -DENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
-#CDEFS += -DXPROG_VIA_HARDWARE_USART
-#CDEFS += -DNO_VTARGET_DETECT
-#CDEFS += -DLIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst:
- @$(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst
-
-checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst
- @echo
- @echo Checking for invalid events...
- @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \
- grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true
- @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp
- @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi
-
-showliboptions:
- @echo
- @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ----
- @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \
- echo $$i; \
- done
- @echo --------------------------------------
-
-showtarget:
- @echo
- @echo --------- Target Information ---------
- @echo AVR Model: $(MCU)
- @echo Board: $(BOARD)
- @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master
- @echo --------------------------------------
-
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \
-showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \
-gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \
-program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \
+# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. +# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << +# +# Released to the Public Domain +# +# Additional material for this makefile was written by: +# Peter Fleury +# Tim Henigan +# Colin O'Flynn +# Reiner Patommel +# Markus Pfaff +# Sander Pool +# Frederik Rouleau +# Carlos Lamas +# Dean Camera +# Opendous Inc. +# Denver Gingerich +# +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# On command line: +# +# make all = Make software. +# +# make clean = Clean out built project files. +# +# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. +# +# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. +# +# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. +# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! +# +# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must +# have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must +# have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer +# (must have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP +# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have +# DoxyGen installed) +# +# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, +# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. +# +# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. +# +# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting +# bug reports to the GCC project. +# +# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +# MCU name +MCU = at90usb1287 + + +# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring +# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called +# "Board" inside the application directory. +BOARD = USBKEY + + +# Processor frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the +# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to +# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done +# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. +# +# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by +# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value +# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to +# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate +# software delays. +F_CPU = 8000000 + + +# Input clock frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the +# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may +# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the +# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed +# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' +# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your +# source code. +# +# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the +# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. +F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU) + + +# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) +FORMAT = ihex + + +# Target file name (without extension). +TARGET = AVRISP + + +# Object files directory +# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make +# this an empty or blank macro! +OBJDIR = . + + +# Path to the LUFA library +LUFA_PATH = ../../ + + +# LUFA library compile-time options +LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=16 +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" + + +# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +SRC = $(TARGET).c \ + Descriptors.c \ + Lib/V2Protocol.c \ + Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c \ + Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c \ + Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c \ + Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c \ + Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c \ + Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c \ + Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ + + +# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +CPPSRC = + + +# List Assembler source files here. +# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s +# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler +# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! +# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, +# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does +# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. +ASRC = + + +# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. +# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. +# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) +OPT = s + + +# Debugging format. +# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. +# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. +# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. +DEBUG = dwarf-2 + + +# List any extra directories to look for include files here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ + + +# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. +# c89 = "ANSI" C +# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions +# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) +# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions +CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C sources +CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS) +CDEFS += -DAUX_LINE_PORT=PORTB +CDEFS += -DAUX_LINE_PIN=PINB +CDEFS += -DAUX_LINE_DDR=DDRB +CDEFS += -DAUX_LINE_MASK="(1 << 4)" +CDEFS += -DVTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL=2 +CDEFS += -DENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL +CDEFS += -DENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL +#CDEFS += -DXPROG_VIA_HARDWARE_USART +#CDEFS += -DNO_VTARGET_DETECT +#CDEFS += -DLIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT + + +# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources +ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources +CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS + + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) +CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections +CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions +CFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) +CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions +CPPFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls +#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns: create listing +# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that +# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames +# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source +# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] +# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex +# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. +ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 + + +#---------------- Library Options ---------------- +# Minimalistic printf version +PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min + +# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. +PRINTF_LIB = +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +# Minimalistic scanf version +SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min + +# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. +SCANF_LIB = +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +MATH_LIB = -lm + + +# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRALIBDIRS = + + + +#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# only used for heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +EXTMEMOPTS = + + + +#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- +# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. +# -Map: create map file +# --cref: add cross reference to map file +LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections +LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) +LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) +LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) +#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x + + + +#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- + +# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd +# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 +# +# Type: avrdude -c ? +# to get a full listing. +# +AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII + +# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. +AVRDUDE_PORT = usb + +AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex +#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep + + +# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. +# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, +# see avrdude manual. +#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y + +# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be +# performed after programming the device. +#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V + +# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug +# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> +# to submit bug reports. +#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v + +AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) + + + +#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- + +# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. +DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) + +# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. +# DEBUG_UI = gdb +DEBUG_UI = insight + +# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. +DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice +#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr + +# GDB Init Filename. +GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit + +# When using avarice settings for the JTAG +JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 + +# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. +DEBUG_PORT = 4242 + +# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally +# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when +# avarice is running on a different computer. +DEBUG_HOST = localhost + + + +#============================================================================ + + +# Define programs and commands. +SHELL = sh +CC = avr-gcc +OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy +OBJDUMP = avr-objdump +SIZE = avr-size +AR = avr-ar rcs +NM = avr-nm +AVRDUDE = avrdude +REMOVE = rm -f +REMOVEDIR = rm -rf +COPY = cp +WINSHELL = cmd + +# Define Messages +# English +MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none +MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- +MSG_END = -------- end -------- +MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: +MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: +MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: +MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: +MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: +MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: +MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: +MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: +MSG_LINKING = Linking: +MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: +MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: +MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: +MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: +MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: + + + + +# Define all object files. +OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + +# Define all listing files. +LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + + +# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. +GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d + + +# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. +# Add target processor to flags. +ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) + + + + + +# Default target. +all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end + +# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. +build: elf hex eep lss sym +#build: lib + + +elf: $(TARGET).elf +hex: $(TARGET).hex +eep: $(TARGET).eep +lss: $(TARGET).lss +sym: $(TARGET).sym +LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a +lib: $(LIBNAME) + + + +# Eye candy. +# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on +# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. +begin: + @echo + @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) + +end: + @echo $(MSG_END) + @echo + + +# Display size of file. +HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex +ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf +MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) +FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) + +sizebefore: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +sizeafter: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst: + @$(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst + +checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst + @echo + @echo Checking for invalid events... + @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \ + grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true + @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp + @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi + +showliboptions: + @echo + @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ---- + @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \ + echo $$i; \ + done + @echo -------------------------------------- + +showtarget: + @echo + @echo --------- Target Information --------- + @echo AVR Model: $(MCU) + @echo Board: $(BOARD) + @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master + @echo -------------------------------------- + + +# Display compiler version information. +gccversion : + @$(CC) --version + + +# Program the device. +program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) + +flip: $(TARGET).hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + +dfu: $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + +flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + +dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + + +# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: +# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set +# a breakpoint at main(). +gdb-config: + @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) + @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +endif + @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + +debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) + @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ + $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) + @$(WINSHELL) /c pause + +else + @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ + $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) +endif + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) + + + + +# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. +COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 + + + +coff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + +extcoff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + + +# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. +%.hex: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ + $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ + +%.eep: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ + -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ + --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 + +# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. +%.lss: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ + $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ + +# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. +%.sym: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ + $(NM) -n $< > $@ + + + +# Create library from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.a: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ + $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) + + +# Link: create ELF output file from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.elf: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ + $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) + + +# Compile: create object files from C source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. +%.s : %.c + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. +%.s : %.cpp + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S + @echo + @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. +%.i : %.c + $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Target: clean project. +clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end + +clean_binary: + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex + +clean_list: + @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) + $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp + $(REMOVEDIR) .dep + +doxygen: + @echo Generating Project Documentation... + @doxygen Doxygen.conf + @echo Documentation Generation Complete. + +clean_doxygen: + rm -rf Documentation + +# Create object files directory +$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) + + +# Include the dependency files. +-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) + + +# Listing of phony targets. +.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \ +showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \ +gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \ +program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \ clean_list clean_binary gdb-config doxygen
\ No newline at end of file |